WO2024046255A1 - Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium - Google Patents

Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024046255A1
WO2024046255A1 PCT/CN2023/115187 CN2023115187W WO2024046255A1 WO 2024046255 A1 WO2024046255 A1 WO 2024046255A1 CN 2023115187 W CN2023115187 W CN 2023115187W WO 2024046255 A1 WO2024046255 A1 WO 2024046255A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user equipment
base station
electronic device
smart surface
link
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/115187
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
党建
朱宏伟
樊婷婷
Original Assignee
索尼集团公司
党建
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 索尼集团公司, 党建 filed Critical 索尼集团公司
Publication of WO2024046255A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024046255A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/145Passive relay systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present disclosure relate generally to the field of wireless communications, and specifically to electronic devices, wireless communication methods, and computer-readable storage media. More specifically, the present disclosure relates to an electronic device for a base station side, a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side in a wireless communication system, and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • Multipoint cooperative technology can be used to solve the interference problem between base stations.
  • Coordinated multipoint techniques may include coordinated beamforming and joint transmission.
  • cooperative beamforming technology in the event of cell interference, the cooperative base station can adjust its beam direction, thereby reducing or avoiding interference to users served by the serving base station.
  • the serving base station and the cooperating base station can exchange data between the serving base station and the user, so that the serving base station and the cooperating base station jointly send data to the user or jointly receive data from the user. It can be seen that in cooperative beamforming, in order to reduce or avoid interference, the beam direction of the user in the cooperative base station needs to be adjusted, thereby having a certain impact on the communication quality of the user.
  • joint transmission since user data needs to be exchanged between the serving base station and the cooperating base station, the burden on the backhaul link will be increased and the delay will be increased.
  • RIS Reconfigurable Intelligent Surface
  • smart metasurface has the characteristics of low cost, low energy consumption, programmability and easy deployment.
  • RIS can intelligently reconfigure the wireless propagation environment by integrating a large number of low-cost passive or active reflective elements on a flat surface. Therefore, RIS has great potential in enhancing the coverage and capacity of future wireless networks, eliminating some coverage blind spots, and serving cell edge users.
  • the present disclosure hopes to solve at least one of the above technical problems by combining multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology.
  • RIS in the case of cell handover How to maintain the reflection link to ensure communication quality is also one of the technical problems that this disclosure hopes to solve.
  • the purpose of this disclosure is to provide an electronic device, a wireless communication method and a computer-readable storage medium that combine multi-point cooperative technology and RIS technology to reduce or avoid inter-cell interference without affecting the communication quality of user equipment. Reduces the burden caused by joint transmission on cooperative base stations, and can maintain reflection links in the event of cell handover.
  • an electronic device for a base station side including a processing circuit configured to: generate a handover request, where the handover request includes providing services for user equipment within the service range of the electronic device. information of the smart surface; and sending the handover request to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment switches to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide the user equipment with Serve.
  • an electronic device for a base station side including a processing circuit configured to: determine that transmission between the electronic device and a user equipment served by the electronic device is affected by a neighboring base station. Interference in transmissions between the device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and in response to the interference, configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists in conducting data with the user equipment through the smart surface transmission.
  • a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side including: generating a handover request, the handover request including providing services for user equipment within the service range of the electronic device. information of the smart surface; and sending the handover request to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to be the user equipment. Provide services.
  • a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side including: determining that transmission between the electronic device and a user equipment served by the electronic device is affected by a neighboring base station. Interference in transmissions between the device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and in response to the interference, configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists in conducting data with the user equipment through the smart surface transmission.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including executable computer instructions that, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to perform the wireless communication method according to the present disclosure.
  • a computer program that, when executed by a computer, causes the computer to perform the wireless communication method according to the present disclosure.
  • the information of the smart surface can be included in the handover request, so that the target base station device can know the information of the smart surface serving the user equipment as early as possible. In this way, the reflection link can be maintained even in the case of cell handover.
  • the wireless communication method and the computer-readable storage medium according to the present disclosure in the event of inter-cell interference, user equipment can be served through reflective links without changing the user equipment served by adjacent base station equipment. beam direction, thereby reducing or avoiding inter-cell interference without affecting the communication quality of the user equipment.
  • the base station device can determine a joint transmission strategy so that the smart surface provides joint transmission in the case of overload of adjacent base station devices, thereby reducing the cooperative base station due to joint transmission. transmission burden.
  • joint transmission is already provided by the smart surface, neighboring base station equipment can be requested for further joint transmission, thereby increasing the spatial division gain.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a cell handover scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario where the user equipment is still served by the smart surface after it is switched to the target base station equipment;
  • Figure 4 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a cell handover scenario
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an interference scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario served by a smart surface when user 1 is disturbed
  • Figure 7 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an interference scenario
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating determination of a reflected link beam direction in the case of a non-transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which adjacent base station equipment is overloaded according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which user equipment is served by a smart surface when adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
  • Figure 12 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a downlink scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
  • Figure 13 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an uplink scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which joint transmission by neighboring base stations is required when a UE is served by a serving base station and a smart surface according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by adjacent base stations in the downlink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface;
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by adjacent base stations in the uplink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface;
  • FIG. 17 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a joint transmission scenario in downlink;
  • Figure 18 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in the uplink in a joint transmission scenario
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 21 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • 22 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 24 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of a gNB
  • Figure 25 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of a gNB
  • 26 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone.
  • FIG. 27 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device.
  • Example embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough, and will fully convey the scope to those skilled in the art. Numerous specific details are set forth, such as examples of specific components, devices, and methods, to provide a thorough understanding of embodiments of the disclosure. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that specific details need not be employed, that example embodiments may be embodied in many different forms, neither of which should be construed to limit the scope of the present disclosure. In certain example embodiments, well-known processes, well-known structures, and Well known technology.
  • the beam direction of the user equipment in the cooperative base station needs to be adjusted, which will have a certain impact on the communication quality of the user equipment.
  • the burden on the backhaul link will be increased and the delay will be increased.
  • the present disclosure hopes to solve at least one of the above technical problems by combining multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology.
  • RIS how to maintain the reflection link to ensure communication quality in the case of cell handover is also one of the technical problems that this disclosure hopes to solve.
  • the present disclosure proposes an electronic device in a wireless communication system, a wireless communication method executed by the electronic device in the wireless communication system, and a computer-readable storage medium to combine multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology so that user equipment is not affected. It reduces or avoids inter-cell interference while maintaining good communication quality, reduces the burden on cooperative base stations due to joint transmission, and can maintain reflection links in the event of cell handover.
  • the wireless communication system according to the present disclosure may be a 5G NR communication system or a higher-level communication system in the future.
  • the electronic device used on the base station side may be, for example, an eNB or a gNB.
  • the user equipment may be a mobile terminal such as a smartphone, a tablet personal computer (PC), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a portable/dongle-type mobile router, and a digital camera device, or a vehicle-mounted terminal such as a car navigation device ).
  • the user equipment may also be implemented as a terminal performing machine-to-machine (M2M) communication (also known as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal).
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the user equipment may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single die) installed on each of the above-mentioned terminals.
  • the smart surface according to the present disclosure can be installed on the surface of a fixed object such as a building, or on a moving object such as an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV).
  • UAV Unmanned Aerial Vehicle
  • smart surfaces can be connected to electronic devices used on the base station side through wired or wireless means. Smart surfaces can pick up signals from the transmitter and reflect them back to the receiver.
  • the smart surface in the case where the smart surface is mounted on a transparent surface such as glass, the smart surface can also receive the signal from the transmitter and transmit it to the receiver. That is, the sender and receiver can be on the same side of the smart surface or on different sides of the smart surface.
  • the electronic equipment and user equipment used on the base station side may have beam forming capabilities, that is, beams may be used to send and receive information.
  • a direct link means a direct link between the base station equipment and the user equipment, which may include an uplink and a downlink.
  • the reflective link refers to the indirect link between the base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment, which can also include uplinks and downlinks.
  • the expressions "reflective link between the base station and the smart surface” and “reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment” in this disclosure also mean the above-mentioned indirect link of the base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment.
  • the reflection link beam direction may include the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link, which may be the transmitting beam direction or the receiving beam direction.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail by taking the example that the sender and the receiver are located on the same side of the smart surface.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are also applicable to the situation where the sender and the receiver are located on different sides of the smart surface.
  • the indirect link of base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment may be called a transmissive link.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the electronic device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 200 here can serve as a base station device in a wireless communication system.
  • each unit of the electronic device 200 may be included in the processing circuit.
  • the electronic device 200 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits.
  • the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
  • the configuration of the electronic device 200 will be described in detail below with respect to handover scenarios, interference scenarios, and joint transmission scenarios.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a cell handover scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • UE User Equipment
  • the UE moves into the service range of the target gNB, that is, the A3 event occurs.
  • the target gNB reassigns the intelligent surface to the UE and re-establishes the reflection link after the UE switches to the cell served by the target gNB, the reflection link will be disconnected for a long time, thus affecting the communication quality of the UE.
  • the electronic device 200 may include an information generation unit 210 and a communication unit 220.
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate various kinds of information, so that the electronic device 200 may utilize the generated information to perform other processing, or send the generated information to other devices.
  • the electronic device 200 may send information to and/or receive information from other devices through the communication unit 220 .
  • the information generating unit 210 may generate a handover request.
  • the switching request may include information of a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 200 may send the handover request generated by the information generation unit 210 to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment. .
  • the handover request sent to the target base station device may include information about the smart surface that provides services for the user equipment.
  • the target base station equipment can know the information of the smart surface in advance, so that it can switch to the target base station when the user equipment A reflection link can be established while the station device is connected, so that the service provided by the smart surface of the user device is not interrupted.
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate a switching request including information of the smart surface if the A3 event is satisfied.
  • any method known in the art can be used to determine whether the A3 event is satisfied, and this disclosure does not limit this.
  • any method known in the art may be used to determine the target base station device of the user equipment, and this disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine whether to include the information of the smart surface in the handover request according to the location of the smart surface and the location of the target base station device. For example, in the case where the smart surface is close to the target base station device (the distance between the smart surface and the target base station device is less than a predetermined threshold, or the minimum distance between the smart surface and the boundary of the service range of the target base station device is less than a predetermined threshold) , the electronic device 200 may determine that the original smart surface can still provide services to the user equipment after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, and therefore the smart surface information may be included in the handover request.
  • the information of the smart surface may include an identification of the smart surface, such as an ID.
  • the target base station device can learn about the smart surface that provides services to the user equipment, and can determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment by configuring the smart surface to scan the reflection link beam. This allows the smart surface to continue to provide services to user devices.
  • the information of the smart surface may further include information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface.
  • the reflection coefficient of the smart surface can be used to represent the reflection direction of the smart surface, or the beam information of the smart surface in the reflection link (including but not limited to CRI (CSI-RS Resource Indicator, CSI Reference Signal Resource Indicator)) to represent the reflection direction of the smart surface.
  • CRI CSI-RS Resource Indicator, CSI Reference Signal Resource Indicator
  • the target base station device does not need to configure a smart surface for reflection link beam scanning, and can directly configure the smart surface using the reflection direction determined based on the handover request.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine the reflection direction of the smart surface by configuring the smart surface to perform a reflection link beam scanning process.
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate measurement control information of the reflection link beam scanning process and the electronic device 200 may send the measurement control information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment can measure the quality of each beam reflected by the smart surface, And report the beam direction with the best quality.
  • the measurement control information includes, for example, the configuration of CSI-RS resources for the smart surface.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a configuration unit 230 for configuring the smart surface, including but not limited to configuring the reflection coefficient of the smart surface, so that the smart surface can transmit or receive according to the beam direction configured by the configuration unit 230 data.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process. That is to say, the smart surface can reflect CSI-RS to the user equipment through each beam under the configuration of the configuration unit 230.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a reflection direction determining unit 240 for determining the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment.
  • the beam information may reflect user equipment measurements. The direction of the best quality beam.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a prediction unit 250 for predicting the reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the location and motion information of the user equipment, so that the information
  • the generating unit 210 may generate measurement control information according to the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the movement information may include movement direction and movement speed. That is to say, the prediction unit 250 can predict the location of the user equipment in a future period of time based on the location, movement direction, and movement speed of the user equipment, thereby predicting the direction of the beam that the user equipment may use. Therefore, when configuring the reflection link beam scanning process, the electronic device 200 may configure partial beam scanning instead of omnidirectional beam scanning. In other words, the user equipment can measure signal quality only on part of the beam. This reduces the reflected link beam scanning time.
  • determining the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process can more accurately determine the reflection direction of the smart surface, thereby allowing the user equipment to switch to the target base station equipment. Better service quality can be obtained by continuing to provide services by the smart surface after the service scope.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine whether to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through a reflection link beam scanning process according to the movement speed of the user equipment. For example, when the movement speed of the user equipment is relatively fast, the electronic device 200 can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process as described above; when the movement speed of the user equipment is relatively slow, the electronic device 200 can The device 200 may also not perform the reflection link beam scanning process, but directly include the current reflection direction of the smart surface in the handover request, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • a handover response may be received from the target base station device. Further, the electronic device 200 may send RRC connection reconfiguration information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment sends the RRC connection reconfiguration completion information to the target base station equipment after successfully accessing the target base station equipment. As a result, the user equipment is successfully handed over to the target base station equipment, and the reflection link is successfully established.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which the user equipment is still served by the smart surface after switching to the target base station equipment.
  • the serving gNB may be implemented by the electronic device 200 .
  • the UE can still be served by the original smart surface.
  • FIG. 4 is a signaling flow chart illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a cell handover scenario.
  • the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200.
  • the UE is served by the serving base station and one or more RISs and is about to be handed over to the target base station.
  • the serving base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE to configure the UE to perform corresponding measurements.
  • the measurement configuration information includes measurement configurations of the current serving cell, neighboring cells, and optional RIS measurement configurations.
  • the serving base station controls the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process, for example, configure the RIS with a reference signal resource for reflection link beam scanning, so that the UE can measure the reflection link beam quality.
  • the UE reports the RIS beam with the best quality.
  • the serving base station makes a handover decision for the UE, and sends a handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) to the target base station to which the target cell belongs, for the target base station to prepare for handover.
  • HANDOVER REQUEST a handover request
  • the handover request message includes information about the RIS currently providing services to the UE and/or information about recommended candidate RISs that can provide services to the UE after the handover.
  • the information of the RIS includes, for example, one or more of the RIS ID, the geographical location of the RIS (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude), the surface orientation of the RIS (such as the angle with the ground), and the optimal beam information of the RIS that provides services to the UE.
  • the relevant information of the RIS deployed in the network has been configured to each base station through OAM. Only the RIS ID is exchanged between the source base station and the target base station. The corresponding receiving base station can learn the corresponding RIS by querying the preconfiguration information.
  • the target base station determines the candidate RIS based on the handover request message, determines one or more RIS to be used based on its own location information and parameters of the candidate RIS, completes handover preparations, and sends an RRC containing the information to assist the UE in handover to the serving base station.
  • Message handover request response HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE.
  • the RRC message contains a parameter to be used by the target base station to serve the UE.
  • Information about one or more RIS such as RIS ID, RIS beam, and geographical location.
  • the serving base station includes the RRC message content from the target base station in the RRC reconfiguration information (eg, RRCReconfiguration) sent to the UE to trigger the handover.
  • the RRC reconfiguration information may include a set of dedicated random access resources, where some of the random access resources are associated with the RIS to be used.
  • the RRC reconfiguration information also includes the association between the random access resources and the specific RIS to assist the UE. Randomly access the target cell through RIS.
  • the UE determines the RIS to be used by the target base station and the location of the RIS based on the RRC reconfiguration information, estimates the beam direction that matches the reflection link based on its own location and the RIS location, and uses the associated dedicated random access
  • the resource sends a random access preamble in the beam direction for transmission to the target base station via the reflection link of the RIS.
  • the UE directly uses the beam of the current RIS to send the random access preamble.
  • another part of the dedicated random access resources can be associated with the SSB of the target cell and/or the UE-specific CSI-RS configuration.
  • the UE While the UE sends the random access preamble via the reflection link of the RIS, it also transmits the random access preamble through another part of the dedicated random access resource.
  • the random access resources and the corresponding SSB or CSI-RS beam direction directly send the random access preamble to the target base station.
  • RRC reconfiguration completion information such as an RRCReconfigurationComplete message
  • the UE establishes a reflection link while accessing the target base station, and with the help of the reflection link, the success rate of random access is improved and the handover delay is shortened.
  • steps S401 to S403 are not necessary, and the source serving base station can make the handover decision independently.
  • steps S401 to S403 may be performed periodically, that is, the serving base station may periodically determine the reflection direction of the RIS through the process of reflection link beam scanning, so that the handover request may include the latest determined reflection direction.
  • steps S401 to S403 may also be executed at the same time as or after step S404.
  • the handover request including the information of the smart surface that provides services to the user equipment may be transferred through the Xn interface between base station devices, for example, between gNBs.
  • the target base station equipment can know the information of the smart surface in advance, so that the reflection link can be established before or at the same time as the user equipment switches to the target base station equipment, so that the service provided by the smart surface of the user equipment is not interrupted.
  • the information of the smart surface may include information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface, so that the target base station device can directly configure the smart surface using the reflection direction determined according to the handover request, thereby saving time for reflection link recommendations.
  • the electronic device can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process, so that the reflection direction of the smart surface can be determined more accurately.
  • the reflection link can be maintained after the handover is completed.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an interference scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • user 1 is located within the service range of the serving base station
  • user 2 is located within the service range of the adjacent base station.
  • User 1 and User 2 are both located at the edge of the service range and are close to each other.
  • the serving base station sends a downlink signal to user 1, and the adjacent base station sends a downlink signal to user 2.
  • the downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 may be received by user 1, causing interference to user 1.
  • the beam direction of the downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 may be adjusted, thus affecting the communication of user 2. Quality will have a certain impact.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include an interference determination unit 260 for determining that the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is affected by adjacent base station equipment and other adjacent base station equipment services. Interference in transmissions between user equipment.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 assists in data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
  • the interference determination unit 260 may determine the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment according to the direction of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment. It is determined that the downlink transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment.
  • the electronic device 200 may receive the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220 .
  • one or more adjacent base station devices serving a base station may transmit the locations of all user equipments within its service range or specific user equipments (such as cooperative users described below) and the direction of the downlink reception beam. to electronic device 200. Therefore, the interference determination unit 260 can determine whether there is an interfered user equipment based on the locations and directions of downlink reception beams of these user equipments, as well as the locations and directions of downlink reception beams of user equipments within the service range of the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 200 may also send the location and direction of the downlink receiving beam of all user equipment within its service range or specific user equipment (such as a cooperative user described later) to the adjacent base station equipment for use by the adjacent base station. The device determines whether There is user equipment that is being interfered with.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario served by a smart surface when user 1 is disturbed.
  • the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the serving base station determines that the downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 causes interference to user 1, the serving base station can configure a smart surface to pass the reflection chain of serving base station-smart surface-user 1 route to send a downlink signal to user 1. In this way, there is no need to change the beam direction of user 2, and interference to user 1 is reduced or avoided.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine a smart surface that provides services to the user device based on the location of the user device and the locations of all smart surfaces within the service range of the electronic device 200 . For example, the electronic device 200 may determine the smart surface closest to the user device as the smart surface that provides services for the user device.
  • the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process (reflective link downlink beam scanning process) to determine the reflective link beam direction of the smart surface and the reflective link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • a reflective link beam scanning process reflective link downlink beam scanning process
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate measurement control information of the reflected link beam scan and the electronic device 200 may send the measurement control information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220 so that the user equipment can measure the quality of each beam reflected by the smart surface. , and report the beam direction with the best quality.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process.
  • the smart surface can reflect CSI-RS to the user equipment through each beam under the configuration of the configuration unit 230.
  • the reflection direction determining unit 240 can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment, and the beam information can reflect the direction of the best quality beam measured by the user equipment.
  • the smart surface may be a smart surface that is transparent to the user device (transparent smart surface), that is, the user device is not aware of the existence of the smart surface.
  • the smart surface can also be a smart surface that is opaque to the user device (non-transparent smart surface), that is, the user device is aware of the existence of the smart surface.
  • the electronic device 200 may send the identification of the smart surface, such as an ID, to the user device through the communication unit 220 .
  • the electronic device 200 can also send the position of the smart surface to the user device, so that the user device can determine the approximate beam direction according to the position of the smart surface to save beam scanning. time.
  • the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link uplink beam scanning process, thereby determining the reflective link beam direction (the beam direction of the smart surface and the beam direction of the user equipment).
  • the electronic device 200 may carry the identity of the smart surface or the location of the smart surface through high-level signaling such as RRC or low-level signaling such as DCI.
  • the electronic device 200 determines the smart surface for the user equipment and determines the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment. This process may be performed every time the electronic device 200 needs to configure a smart surface for the user device, or may be performed after the user device is connected to the electronic device 200 . In the latter case, when the electronic device 200 needs to configure a smart surface for the user device, the existing configuration result can be directly used, thereby saving time.
  • the electronic device 200 may send the identification of the smart surface (non-transparent smart surface) to the user equipment through the communication unit 220 (in the case of a transparent smart surface) or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment (in the case of a transparent smart surface), so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
  • the configuration unit 230 may also configure the smart surface for transmission.
  • the load information of the adjacent base station reflects that the service of the adjacent base station is subject to excessive interference. That is to say, if the transmission between the adjacent base station and other user equipment within the service range of the adjacent base station is interfered by the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 can also configure intelligence for the user equipment.
  • Surfaces provide services to user devices by smart surfaces.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an interference scenario.
  • the serving base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • User 1 is located within the service range of the serving base station
  • user 2 is located within the service range of the adjacent base station.
  • the adjacent base station sends the location and beam direction of user 2 to the serving base station.
  • the serving base station determines that the transmission between the adjacent base station and user 2 causes interference to the transmission between the serving base station and user 1.
  • the serving base station determines a smart surface for user 1 and configures the smart surface to perform reflection link beam scanning to determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface configured for user 1 (non-transparent smart surface) or the direction of user 1's downlink reception beam (transparent smart surface) to user 1.
  • the serving base station Send smart surface configuration information to the RIS to configure the RIS to send information to User 1 using the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link.
  • the serving base station can perform data transmission with user 1 through the reflective link.
  • FIG. 8 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a non-transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. That is, FIG. 8 shows the signaling flow of step S703 in FIG. 7 in the case of a non-transparent smart surface.
  • the base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the base station determines the RIS for the UE.
  • the base station sends the determined ID of the RIS and the CSI-RS resource configuration information in the reflection link downlink beam scanning process for the specific RIS to the UE.
  • the base station sends configuration information for executing the reflection link downlink beam scanning process to the RIS.
  • step S804 the RIS performs a reflection link downlink beam scanning process under the control of the base station.
  • step S805 the UE reports the beam with the best quality to the base station. From this, the base station can determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflecting link.
  • Figure 9 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. That is, Figure 9 shows the signaling flow of step S703 in Figure 7 in the case of a transparent smart surface.
  • the base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the base station determines the RIS for the UE.
  • the base station sends the CSI-RS resource configuration information in the downlink beam scanning process of the reflection link for a specific RIS to the UE.
  • the base station sends configuration information for executing the reflection link downlink beam scanning process to the RIS.
  • step S904 the RIS performs a reflection link downlink beam scanning process under the control of the base station.
  • step S905 the UE reports the beam with the best quality to the base station.
  • step S906 the base station sends the SRS resource configuration information during the uplink beam scanning process of the reflection link to the UE.
  • step S907 the UE performs a reflection link uplink beam scanning process.
  • the base station determines the beam direction of the reflection link, that is, the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link.
  • information such as the location and beam direction of the user equipment can be transmitted through the Xn interface between base station devices for determining inter-cell interference.
  • the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform transmissions to and from the user equipment through reflective links. .
  • the beam direction between the device and other user equipment will not affect the communication quality of other user equipment. That is, inter-cell interference can be reduced or avoided without affecting the communication quality of other user equipments.
  • smart surfaces are designed to solve the technical problem of covering blind areas. In the present disclosure, smart surfaces can reduce or avoid inter-cell interference, thereby improving communication quality.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which adjacent base station equipment is overloaded according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the UE is located within the service range of the serving base station.
  • the serving base station and the adjacent base station send downlink data between the serving base station and the UE to the UE at the same time, or the UE sends the UE and the serving base station to the serving base station and the adjacent base station at the same time.
  • This technology is called joint transmission between uplink data.
  • the neighboring base station may no longer be able to provide joint transmission services for UEs within the service range of the serving base station due to excessive load or excessive interference.
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a policy determining unit 270 for determining a transmission policy for joint transmission.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may determine that the smart surface provides the joint transmission service for the user.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 and the user are transmitted through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device, respectively. data between devices.
  • the smart surface can provide joint transmission services for user equipment. In this way, the burden on adjacent base station equipment can be reduced, and the signaling transmission of the Xn interface between base station equipment can be reduced.
  • the electronic device 200 may receive load information from a neighboring base station device through the communication unit 220, where the load information reflects excessive interference and/or traffic overload to the service of the neighboring base station. That is to say, when the adjacent base station's business is subject to excessive interference and/or the adjacent base station's traffic is overloaded, the adjacent base station may send load information to the electronic device 200 .
  • the policy determining unit 270 may configure a smart surface for the user equipment provided with a joint transmission service by the neighboring base station equipment to perform transmission through the reflective link.
  • users of joint transmission services provided by the adjacent base station equipment There may be one or more devices.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may configure a smart surface for all these user devices, or may determine whether to configure a smart surface for the user device based on data transmission requirements between the electronic device 200 and each user device. That is to say, the policy determining unit 270 may configure smart surfaces for all or part of the user equipments for which the neighboring base station equipment provides joint transmission services, while the remaining user equipments are still provided with joint transmission services by the neighboring base station equipment.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may Confirm that the smart surface is configured for this user device. For example, when the user device is in scenarios such as gaming, XR, live broadcast, watching high-definition videos, etc., the rate requirements for uplink transmission and/or downlink transmission are very high, and the amount of data is large. In this case, the smart surface can be configured for the corresponding user device. According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determination unit 270 may determine the data transmission requirement according to the cache status and QoS of the user equipment.
  • the embodiments described in the interference scenario can be used to configure a smart surface for the user equipment and determine the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link and the beam direction of the smart surface, and the present disclosure will no longer be used here.
  • the electronic device 200 may send at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface (non-transparent smart surface), a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment (Smart Surface).
  • the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may be used to transmit different data streams respectively.
  • the reflective link and the direct link can each transmit one data stream or multiple data streams. There may be no overlap between the data streams transmitted by the reflective link and the direct link.
  • both uplink and downlink transmission involve multiple data streams.
  • the downlink transmission can include two streams of data, one is the I frame data stream, and the other is the P frame data stream.
  • Model 1 one stream model
  • Model 2 Two streams model
  • Model 3A three Stream model A
  • Model 3B Three streams model B
  • the electronic device 200 can configure the direct link to transmit the I frame data stream and the reflective link to transmit the P frame data stream, or the electronic device 200 can configure the direct link to transmit the P frame data stream and the reflective link to transmit the P frame data stream.
  • the electronic device 200 can be configured to transmit one data stream among the three streams through a direct link, and to transmit the remaining two data streams through a reflective link.
  • the electronic device 200 can determine which link is used to transmit which flow according to the QoS requirements of each data flow and the link quality of the reflection link and the direct link, so that the QoS requirements match the link quality, that is, the link quality Good links are used to transmit data flows with high QoS requirements.
  • reflective links between the smart surface and the user equipment, and direct links between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may also be used to transmit the same data stream.
  • the direct link and the reflective link can transmit the same data stream, or can transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the electronic device 200 may configure a direct link to transmit an I frame data stream and a P frame data stream, and a reflective link to also transmit an I frame data stream and a P frame data stream.
  • both direct links and reflective links can transmit this data flow. In this way, all data streams can have spatial division gain.
  • the data flow transmitted by the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, and the data flow transmitted by the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may partially overlap.
  • the electronic device 200 may be configured with a direct link to transmit all data flows, and a reflective link to transmit the more important one or those data flows among all the data flows.
  • the electronic device 200 can be configured to transmit three streams through the direct link and transmit the two more important data streams among the three data streams through the reflection link. In this way, more important data streams can obtain space division gains and at the same time improve resource utilization.
  • both the direct link and the reflective link can transmit one or more streams, and the streams transmitted by the direct link and the streams transmitted by the reflective link can completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which a UE is served by a smart surface in a case where neighboring base station equipment is overloaded.
  • the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the smart surface when adjacent base station equipment is overloaded, the smart surface provides joint transmission services for the UE.
  • FIG. 12 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded in the downlink
  • FIG. 13 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the application of an embodiment in the uplink in a scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded.
  • the signaling flow chart in the case where the neighboring base station equipment is overloaded is applied according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the serving base station can be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is originally provided with joint transmission services by the serving base station and neighboring base stations.
  • step S1201 the neighboring base station determines that the downlink is overloaded, for example, the load is too large or the interference is too large.
  • step S1202 the neighboring base station sends load information to the serving base station, indicating that the neighboring base station can no longer provide joint transmission services.
  • step S1203 the serving base station determines that it needs to become a UE that transmits through the reflection link.
  • step S1204 for the UE determined in step S1203, the serving base station determines the RIS and configures the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process to determine the reflection link beam direction.
  • Step S1204 may be implemented in a manner similar to step S703 in FIG. 7 .
  • step S1205 the serving base station sends configuration information to the smart surface to control the smart surface to provide joint transmission services for the UE.
  • the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the UE to the UE.
  • the UE changes from being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE to being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the serving base station - smart surface - Reflection link service for UE.
  • step S1301 the neighboring base station determines that the uplink is overloaded, for example, the load is too large or the interference is too large.
  • step S1302 the neighboring base station sends load information to the serving base station, indicating that the neighboring base station can no longer provide joint transmission services.
  • step S1303 the serving base station determines that it needs to become a UE that transmits through the reflection link.
  • step S1304 for the UE determined in step S1303, the serving base station determines the RIS and configures the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process to determine the reflection link beam direction.
  • Step S1304 may be implemented in a manner similar to step S703 in FIG. 7 .
  • the serving base station sends configuration information to the smart surface to control the smart surface to provide joint transmission services for the UE.
  • the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the UE and the TA (Time Advance) of the reflection link to the UE.
  • the UE changes from being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE to being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the serving base station - smart surface - Reflection link service for UE.
  • load information may be transferred through the Xn interface between base station devices. That is to say, when adjacent base station equipment cannot provide joint transmission services for user equipment, the smart surface can provide joint transmission services for user equipment. In this way, the burden on adjacent base station equipment can be reduced, and the signaling transmission of the Xn interface between base station equipment can be reduced.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine which user equipments need to be changed to provide joint transmission services by reflective links based on data transmission requirements.
  • the electronic device 200 can also configure the data stream transmitted on the reflective link and the direct link to achieve spatial division gain.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which joint transmission by neighboring base stations is required when a UE is served by a serving base station and a smart surface according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the serving base station performs data transmission with the UE through direct links and reflection links with the UE.
  • the serving base station may find that data transmission performed by the direct link and the reflection link still cannot meet the data transmission requirements.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may determine that a neighboring base station device needs to be requested to jointly transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment. For example, the policy determination unit 270 may determine that the adjacent base station equipment needs to be requested to perform joint transmission through a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, or may determine that the adjacent base station equipment needs to be requested to perform joint transmission through the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. Direct links between adjacent base station devices and reflective links between smart surfaces to jointly transmit.
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate request information to request the adjacent base station device to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. Further, the electronic device 200 can send the request information to the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220.
  • the data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may include uplink data or downlink data. That is to say, in the case where the electronic device 200 uses a direct link and a reflection link to transmit downlink data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 can request the adjacent base station equipment to pass between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment.
  • the downlink data is jointly transmitted through the direct link between the two.
  • the electronic device 200 may request the adjacent base station device to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. Jointly transmit the uplink data.
  • the information generation unit 210 may generate a link addition notification, which is used to notify the user device that the data between the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 200 is through a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device respectively. It is transmitted through direct links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment, and reflective links between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface. Further, the electronic device 200 may send the link addition notification to the user device through the communication unit 220 .
  • a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the smart watch The reflective links between planes can be used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment. Reflective links between smart surfaces can be used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the electronic device 200 can configure the data flow to be transmitted, so that the direct link transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment
  • the data flow, the data flow transmitted by the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the data flow transmitted by the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface may be identical, partially overlapping or non-overlapping. .
  • the request information generated by the information generation unit 210 can also be used to request adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface.
  • a reflective link is used to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user device.
  • the link addition notification can also be used to notify that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 is through the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, or the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. , the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface.
  • the data between the electronic device 200 and the user device may include downlink data. That is to say, in the case where the electronic device 200 uses a direct link and a reflection link to transmit downlink data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may request the adjacent base station equipment to pass between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment.
  • the downlink data is jointly transmitted through direct links between adjacent base station devices and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and smart surfaces.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the adjacent The reflective link between the base station equipment and the smart surface can be used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment.
  • Reflective links between device 200 and the smart surface, and reflective links between adjacent base station devices and the smart surface may be used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the electronic device 200 can configure the data flow to be transmitted, so that the direct link transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment
  • the data streams transmitted by the reflective links can be identical, partially overlapping, or non-overlapping.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may determine whether to request joint transmission of neighboring base station devices according to the location of the smart surface. For example, when the smart surface is very close to the adjacent base station device (for example, the distance between the smart surface and the adjacent base station device is less than a predetermined threshold, or the minimum distance between the smart surface and the boundary of the coverage range of the adjacent base station device is less than a predetermined threshold), the policy determination unit 270 may determine to request neighboring base station devices to jointly transmit.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may determine the request phase. Neighboring base station equipment jointly transmits.
  • the electronic device 200 may negotiate control rights over the smart surface with neighboring base station devices.
  • the smart surface is configured by the configuration unit 230 .
  • the adjacent base station device obtains control rights, the adjacent base station device configures the smart surface.
  • the electronic device 200 after the electronic device 200 obtains control rights, it requests the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface.
  • the electronic device 200 may receive the beam of the smart surface in the reflection link between the neighboring base station device and the smart surface from the neighboring base station device through the communication unit 220 direction.
  • the configuration unit 230 may determine the beam direction of the smart surface according to the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface, and the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface.
  • the smart surface is configured such that the smart surface reflects data from the electronic device 200 as well as data from adjacent base station devices.
  • the electronic device 200 may transmit the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface to
  • the adjacent base station device uses the information to configure the smart surface so that the smart surface can reflect data from the electronic device 200, or the adjacent base station device uses the information to configure the smart surface according to the distance between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface.
  • the smart surface is configured with a beam direction of the smart surface in the reflective link and a beam direction of the smart surface in the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface such that the smart surface is capable of reflecting data from the electronic device 200 and Data from adjacent base station equipment.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram illustrating that in the downlink, the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface. Schematic diagram of the scenario where adjacent base stations perform joint transmission.
  • the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the serving base station sends data to the UE through the direct link 1 and the reflection link 2.
  • the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station.
  • the serving base station can request the adjacent base station to jointly transmit through the direct link 3, or it can request the adjacent base station to jointly transmit through the direct link 3 and the reflection link 4.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by neighboring base stations in the uplink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface.
  • the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 .
  • the UE sends data to the serving base station through the direct link 1 and the reflection link 2.
  • the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station.
  • the serving base station can request neighboring base stations to jointly transmit through the direct link 3.
  • FIG. 17 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a joint transmission scenario in downlink.
  • the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is served by the serving base station and the RIS.
  • the neighboring base station and the serving base station negotiate the control rights over the RIS serving the UE.
  • the serving base station obtains control
  • the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link.
  • the serving base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the serving base station.
  • step S1704 the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links.
  • the serving base station obtains control
  • step S1705 the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link.
  • step S1706 the adjacent base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS to the serving base station.
  • the serving base station determines the configuration of the RIS based on the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS, and the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the serving base station and the RIS, and sends the configuration to the RIS.
  • the RIS sends configuration information so that the RIS reflects data from the serving base station and neighboring base stations.
  • the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, or the serving base station and the RIS. reflection links, and reflection links between adjacent base stations and RIS Transmission.
  • step S1709 the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link.
  • step S1710 the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station.
  • step S1711 the neighboring base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the serving base station.
  • step S1712 the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links.
  • step S1713 the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link.
  • step S1714 the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station.
  • the neighboring base station determines the configuration of the RIS based on the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the neighboring base station-RIS-UE and the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE, and Configuration information is sent to the RIS to cause the RIS to reflect data from the serving base station and neighboring base stations.
  • the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, or the serving base station and the RIS. The reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS is transmitted.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in the uplink in a joint transmission scenario.
  • the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is served by the serving base station and the RIS.
  • the neighboring base station and the serving base station negotiate the control rights over the RIS serving the UE.
  • the serving base station obtains control
  • the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link.
  • the serving base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the UE to the serving base station.
  • step S1804 the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links.
  • step S1805 the serving base station sends a monitoring notification to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station forwards the uplink data from the UE to the serving base station for joint detection.
  • the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link.
  • the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station.
  • the neighboring base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the UE to the serving base station.
  • the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links.
  • the serving base station sends a monitoring notification to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station forwards the uplink data from the UE to the serving base station for joint detection.
  • the request for joint transmission may be transmitted through the Xn interface between base station devices. That is to say, when the user equipment is already served by the serving base station and the smart surface, if the data transmission requirements are still unable to be met, the serving base station can request the adjacent base station for joint transmission, thereby increasing the transmission path and improving information transmission. diversity gain and security. Further, the serving base station can request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link, or it can also request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link. Furthermore, in the case where the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station, the serving base station and the adjacent base station can negotiate control rights.
  • the user equipment described above may be any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 . That is to say, when any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in a switching scenario, the operation can be performed according to the embodiment described in Section 2.1; when any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in an interference scenario When any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in a joint transmission scenario, the operation may be performed according to the embodiment described in Section 2.3.
  • the user equipment described in the foregoing may also be a specific user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200.
  • the user equipment may be a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device 200 , and the cooperating user is located at the edge of the service range of the electronic device 200 .
  • the electronic device 200 may further include a multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 for determining collaborative users.
  • the multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 may determine the collaboration user according to the location of the user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 .
  • the user equipment can measure the channel quality between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 and the channel quality between the user equipment and multiple adjacent base stations. The channel quality between the devices is measured and the measurement results are sent to the electronic device 200.
  • the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 determines the cooperating user according to the measurement results reported by the user equipment.
  • the coordinated multi-point configuration unit 280 may determine that the user equipment is Collaborating users.
  • channel quality can be represented by parameters such as RSRP (Reference Signal Receiving Power).
  • the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may also determine a cooperative base station device for the user equipment.
  • the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine a cooperative base station device for each user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200.
  • the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine the cooperating base station device for each cooperating user.
  • the cooperating base station equipment may be a neighboring base station equipment that provides joint transmission services for user equipment. That is to say, in the case that the cooperating base station device can no longer provide the joint transmission service for the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may determine that the smart surface provides the joint transmission service for the user equipment. Further, in the case where the electronic device 200 performs data transmission with the UE through the direct link and the reflection link with the UE and still cannot meet the data transmission requirements, the electronic device 200 may request the cooperative base station device to be the user equipment. Provides joint transmission services.
  • the cooperating base station device may be a neighboring base station device specific to the electronic device 200 .
  • the cooperative base station equipment may also be a neighboring base station equipment specific to the user equipment.
  • the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine, for each user equipment, the cooperative base station device of the user equipment.
  • the cooperative base station device may be one or multiple.
  • the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine each user equipment (or each cooperative user) according to the channel quality between the user equipment (or each cooperative user) and a plurality of adjacent base station devices. Collaborating base station equipment that provides services. For example, the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine the neighboring base station device with the best channel quality among multiple neighboring base station devices as the cooperative base station device for the user equipment.
  • the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 can also pre-set The user device (or each collaborating user) determines the smart surface that provides services to the user device (or the collaborating user). Specifically, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine a smart surface that provides services to the user equipment according to the location of the user equipment. For example, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine the smart surface closest to the user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 as the smart surface serving the user equipment.
  • the multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 may determine, for each user equipment (or each collaborative user), the electronic device 200 - the smart surface serving the user equipment - the intelligence in the reflective link of the user equipment. The beam direction of the surface and the beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the electronic device 200 may determine the user equipment required to perform embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device may predetermine the cooperating base station device.
  • the electronic device 200 can also predetermine the beam direction of the smart surface and the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment. This process may occur, for example, after the user equipment accesses the electronic device 200 . That is, the processes described in FIGS. 8 and 9 can be performed in advance.
  • the electronic device 200 is described above in a handover scenario, an interference scenario, and a joint transmission scenario, operations in these scenarios may also be performed independently and separately.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 1900 depicted in FIG. 19 is an electronic device for performing operations in an interference scenario.
  • the electronic device 1900 may include a communication unit 220 , a configuration unit 230 , and an interference determination unit 260 .
  • the interference determination unit 260 may determine that transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment served by the electronic device 1900 is interfered by transmission between the adjacent base station device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station device.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface in response to the interference, so that the electronic device 1900 assists in data transmission with the user device via the communication unit 220 through the smart surface.
  • the interference determination unit 260 may determine the relationship between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment according to the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment.
  • the downlink transmission between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission.
  • the electronic device 1900 may receive the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220.
  • the electronic device 1900 may send the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process.
  • the electronic device 1900 may also include a reflection direction determining unit 240, configured to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment.
  • the beam information may reflect the best quality beam measured by the user equipment. direction.
  • the electronic device 1900 is an electronic device used to perform operations in an interference scenario, so all the embodiments described in the previous section 2.2 can be applied here.
  • the communication unit 220, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240 and the interference determination unit 260 in FIG. 19 may perform the same as the communication unit 220, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240 and the interference determination unit 260 in FIG. 2 function.
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the electronic device 2000 depicted in FIG. 20 is an electronic device for performing operations in the scenario of joint transmission.
  • the electronic device 2000 may include a communication unit 220 , a configuration unit 230 , and a policy determination unit 270 .
  • the policy determining unit 270 may determine a transmission policy for joint transmission.
  • the transmission strategy may include: transmitting the electronic device 2000 to the user through a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device and a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device. Data between devices; electronic devices are transmitted through direct links between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, reflective links between the smart surface and the user equipment, and direct links between adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment Data between 2000 and user equipment; through the direct link between electronic equipment 2000 and user equipment, the reflective link between electronic equipment 2000 and user equipment, the direct link between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment, and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that communication is performed via the communication unit 220 , respectively through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device. Transfer data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from the adjacent base station device, where the load information reflects that the service of the adjacent base station device is subject to excessive interference and/or Business overload situation.
  • the policy determination unit 270 may determine whether to configure a smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
  • the electronic device 2000 may send at least one of the following to the user equipment through the communication unit 220: an identification of the smart surface, a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or between the smart surface and the user equipment Reflective links, as well as direct links between electronic device 2000 and user equipment, are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the electronic device 2000 may further include an information generating unit 210 for generating request information to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the electronic device 2000 to the user through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user device. data between devices. Further, the electronic device 2000 can send the request information to the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220.
  • the information generation unit 210 may also generate a link addition notification to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment respectively.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface is transmitted. Further, the electronic device 2000 may send a link addition notification to the user device through the communication unit 220 .
  • the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are respectively used. Transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are used for transmission Multiple streams of the same data.
  • the request information may also be used to request the adjacent base station device to transmit through the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface.
  • the data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device, and the link addition notification can also notify the user device that the data between the user device and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link or adjacent link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device respectively. It is transmitted through the direct link between the base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the adjacent The reflective links between the base station equipment and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic equipment Reflective links between 2000 and the smart surface, and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface, are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process.
  • the electronic device 2000 may also include a reflection direction determining unit 240, configured to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment.
  • the beam information may reflect the best quality beam measured by the user equipment. direction.
  • the electronic device 2000 is an electronic device used to perform operations in the scenario of joint transmission, so the embodiments described in the previous section 2.3 can all be applied here.
  • the generation unit 210 and the policy determination unit 270 perform the same function.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 200 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • step S2110 a switching request is generated, and the switching request includes information about a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200.
  • step S2120 a handover request is sent to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment after the user equipment is handed over to the target base station device.
  • the information of the smart surface includes an identification of the smart surface.
  • the information about the smart surface also includes information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: sending measurement control information of the downlink beam scanning process to the user equipment; configuring the smart surface to perform the reflection link beam scanning process; and determining the reflection direction of the smart surface based on the beam information from the user equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: predicting a reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the location and motion information of the user equipment; and determining measurement control information based on the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: determining that transmission between the electronic device and the user equipment is interfered by transmission between the adjacent base station device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station device; and configuring the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 assists in data transmission with user devices through smart surfaces.
  • determining that the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is interfered includes: determining based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of other user equipment, and the location of other user equipment. Downlink transmission between the electronic device 200 and user equipment is interfered by downlink transmission between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: receiving the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: sending the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives the information through the smart surface. Downstream information.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: configuring the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 and the user device are transmitted through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device, respectively. data between.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: configuring the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, wherein the load information of the adjacent base station reflects excessive interference to the business of the adjacent base station and/ Or the business volume is overloaded.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: determining whether to configure the smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 200 and the user device.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: sending at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface and a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, And a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device is used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and generating and sending a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 is respectively through the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and transmitted via direct links between user devices and reflective links between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data. flow; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data flow.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface respectively.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface are used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 and the smart surface Reflective links between adjacent base station devices and smart surfaces are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the user equipment is a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device 200, and the cooperating user is located at the edge of the service range of the electronic device 200.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: determining a cooperating base station device that provides services to the cooperating user according to channel quality between the cooperating user and multiple adjacent base station devices.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: determining a smart surface that provides services to the cooperating user according to the location of the cooperating user.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 200 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the previous embodiments about the electronic device 200 are applicable here.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 1900 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • step S2210 it is determined that the transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is interfered by the transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment.
  • step S2220 in response to the interference, the smart surface is configured so that the electronic device 1900 assists in data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
  • determining that transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is interfered includes: The downlink transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is determined based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of other user equipment, and the locations of other user equipment. Interference in downlink transmissions between user equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: receiving the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station equipment.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: sending the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 1900 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the previous embodiments about the electronic device 1900 are applicable here.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 2000 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a joint transmission strategy is determined.
  • Strategies include, but are not limited to: transmitting data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device through direct links between the electronic device 2000 and the user device and reflective links between the smart surface and the user device; Direct links between devices, reflective links between smart surfaces and user equipment, and direct links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment are used to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment; through the electronic equipment The direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflection between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. link to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
  • step S2320 the smart surface is configured so that the transmission between the electronic device 2000 and the user device is respectively through the reflective link between the smart surface and the user device and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device. data between.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, configuring the smart surface for transmission, wherein the load information of the adjacent base station reflects the corresponding The adjacent base station's services are subject to excessive interference and/or the traffic is overloaded.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: determining whether to configure the smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: sending at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface and a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  • the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, And a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device is used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and generating and sending a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and transmitted via direct links between user devices and reflective links between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data. flow; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data flow.
  • the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface respectively. to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device; and generate and send a link addition notification to the user device to notify the user device that the data between the user device and the electronic device 2000 is transmitted through the electronic device 2000 respectively.
  • the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, And the reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment , the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  • the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the foregoing embodiments about the electronic device 2000 are applicable here.
  • the technology of the present disclosure can be applied to a variety of products.
  • the base station equipment can be implemented as a macro eNB and a small eNB, and can also be implemented as any type of gNB (base station in the 5G system).
  • a small eNB may be an eNB covering a smaller cell than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, and a home (femto) eNB.
  • the base station may be implemented as any other type of base station, such as NodeB and Base Transceiver Station (BTS).
  • the base station may include: a main body (also referred to as a base station device) configured to control wireless communications; and one or more remote wireless heads (RRHs) disposed at a different place from the main body.
  • RRHs remote wireless heads
  • the user equipment may be implemented as a mobile terminal such as a smartphone, a tablet personal computer (PC), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a portable/dongle-type mobile router, and a digital camera, or a vehicle-mounted terminal such as a car navigation device.
  • the user equipment may also be implemented as a terminal performing machine-to-machine (M2M) communication (also known as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal).
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the user equipment may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single die) installed on each of the above-mentioned user equipments.
  • gNB 2400 includes one or more antennas 2410 and base station equipment 2420.
  • the base station device 2420 and each antenna 2410 may be connected to each other via an RF cable.
  • Antennas 2410 each include a single or multiple antenna elements, such as multiple antenna elements included in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna, and are used by base station device 2420 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • gNB 2400 may include multiple antennas 2410.
  • multiple antennas 2410 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2400.
  • Figure 24 An example is shown where the gNB 2400 includes multiple antennas 2410, but the gNB 2400 may also include a single antenna 2410.
  • the base station device 2420 includes a controller 2421, a memory 2422, a network interface 2423, and a wireless communication interface 2425.
  • the controller 2421 may be, for example, a CPU or a DSP, and operates various functions of higher layers of the base station device 2420 . For example, the controller 2421 generates data packets based on the data in the signal processed by the wireless communication interface 2425 and delivers the generated packets via the network interface 2423. The controller 2421 may bundle data from multiple baseband processors to generate bundled packets, and deliver the generated bundled packets. The controller 2421 may have logical functions to perform controls such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, admission control, and scheduling. This control can be performed in conjunction with nearby gNB or core network nodes.
  • the memory 2422 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 2421 and various types of control data such as terminal lists, transmission power data, and scheduling data.
  • the network interface 2423 is a communication interface used to connect the base station device 2420 to the core network 2424. Controller 2421 may communicate with core network nodes or additional gNBs via network interface 2423. In this case, the gNB 2400 and the core network node or other gNBs may be connected to each other through logical interfaces such as the S1 interface and the X2 interface.
  • the network interface 2423 may also be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for a wireless backhaul line. If network interface 2423 is a wireless communication interface, network interface 2423 may use a higher frequency band for wireless communication than the frequency band used by wireless communication interface 2425.
  • the wireless communication interface 2425 supports any cellular communication scheme such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced and provides wireless connectivity to terminals located in the cell of the gNB 2400 via the antenna 2410 .
  • Wireless communication interface 2425 may generally include, for example, a baseband (BB) processor 2426 and RF circuitry 2427.
  • the BB processor 2426 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform layers such as L1, Medium Access Control (MAC), Radio Link Control (RLC), and Packet Data Convergence Protocol ( Various types of signal processing for PDCP)).
  • the BB processor 2426 may have part or all of the above logical functions.
  • the BB processor 2426 may be a memory that stores a communication control program, or a module including a processor and related circuitry configured to execute the program.
  • the update program can change the functionality of the BB processor 2426.
  • the module may be a card or blade that plugs into a slot in the base station device 2420. Alternatively, the module may be a chip mounted on a card or blade.
  • the RF circuit 2427 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and may be Line 2410 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • the wireless communication interface 2425 may include multiple BB processors 2426.
  • multiple BB processors 2426 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2400.
  • wireless communication interface 2425 may include a plurality of RF circuits 2427.
  • multiple RF circuits 2427 may be compatible with multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2425 includes multiple BB processors 2426 and multiple RF circuits 2427, the wireless communication interface 2425 may also include a single BB processor 2426 or a single RF circuit 2427.
  • gNB 25 is a block diagram illustrating a second example of a schematic configuration of a gNB to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied.
  • gNB 2530 includes one or more antennas 2540, base station equipment 2550 and RRH 2560.
  • RRH 2560 and each antenna 2540 may be connected to each other via RF cables.
  • the base station equipment 2550 and the RRH 2560 may be connected to each other via high-speed lines such as fiber optic cables.
  • Antennas 2540 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by RRH 2560 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • gNB 2530 may include multiple antennas 2540.
  • multiple antennas 2540 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2530.
  • FIG. 25 shows an example in which gNB 2530 includes multiple antennas 2540, gNB 2530 may also include a single antenna 2540.
  • the base station device 2550 includes a controller 2551, a memory 2552, a network interface 2553, a wireless communication interface 2555, and a connection interface 2557.
  • the controller 2551, the memory 2552, and the network interface 2553 are the same as the controller 2421, the memory 2422, and the network interface 2423 described with reference to FIG. 24.
  • the network interface 2553 is a communication interface used to connect the base station device 2550 to the core network 2554.
  • the wireless communication interface 2555 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and provides wireless communication to terminals located in the sector corresponding to the RRH 2560 via the RRH 2560 and the antenna 2540.
  • the wireless communication interface 2555 may generally include a BB processor 2556, for example.
  • the BB processor 2556 is the same as the BB processor 2426 described with reference to FIG. 24 except that the BB processor 2556 is connected to the RF circuit 2564 of the RRH 2560 via the connection interface 2557.
  • the wireless communication interface 2555 may include multiple BB processors 2556.
  • multiple BB processors 2556 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2530.
  • FIG. 25 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2555 includes multiple BB processors 2556, the wireless communication interface 2555 may also include a single BB processor 2556.
  • connection interface 2557 is an interface for connecting the base station device 2550 (wireless communication interface 2555) to the RRH 2560.
  • the connection interface 2557 may also be a communication module used to connect the base station device 2550 (wireless communication interface 2555) to the communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line of the RRH 2560.
  • RRH 2560 includes a connection interface 2561 and a wireless communication interface 2563.
  • connection interface 2561 is an interface for connecting the RRH 2560 (wireless communication interface 2563) to the base station device 2550.
  • the connection interface 2561 may also be a communication module used for communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line.
  • Wireless communication interface 2563 transmits and receives wireless signals via antenna 2540.
  • Wireless communication interface 2563 may generally include RF circuitry 2564, for example.
  • RF circuitry 2564 may include, for example, mixers, filters, and amplifiers, and transmit and receive wireless signals via antenna 2540.
  • wireless communication interface 2563 may include a plurality of RF circuits 2564.
  • multiple RF circuits 2564 may support multiple antenna elements.
  • FIG. 25 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2563 includes a plurality of RF circuits 2564, the wireless communication interface 2563 may also include a single RF circuit 2564.
  • the controller 2421 and/or the controller 2551 can perform generating various information, configuring the smart surface, determining the beam direction of the reflective link, predicting the beam direction of the reflective link, and determining interference by executing instructions stored in the corresponding memory. , determine the strategy of joint transmission and determine the function of configuration information related to multipoint cooperation.
  • FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone 2600 to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied.
  • the smart phone 2600 includes a processor 2601, a memory 2602, a storage device 2603, an external connection interface 2604, a camera 2606, a sensor 2607, and a microphone.
  • the processor 2601 may be, for example, a CPU or a system on a chip (SoC), and controls functions of the application layer and other layers of the smartphone 2600 .
  • the memory 2602 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2601.
  • the storage device 2603 may include storage media such as semiconductor memory and hard disk.
  • the external connection interface 2604 is an interface for connecting external devices, such as memory cards and Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices, to the smartphone 2600 .
  • the camera 2606 includes an image sensor such as a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) and generates a captured image.
  • Sensors 2607 may include a group of sensors such as measurement sensors, gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and acceleration sensors.
  • the microphone 2608 converts the sound input to the smartphone 2600 into an audio signal.
  • the input device 2609 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2610, and receives an operation or information input from a user.
  • the display device 2610 includes a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 2600 .
  • the speaker 2611 converts the audio signal output from the smartphone 2600 into sound.
  • the wireless communication interface 2612 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • Wireless communication interface 2612 may generally include, for example, BB processor 2613 and RF circuitry 2614.
  • the BB processor 2613 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication.
  • RF circuitry 2614 may include, for example, mixers, filters, and amplifiers, and transmit and receive wireless signals via antenna 2616.
  • the wireless communication interface 2612 may be a chip module on which the BB processor 2613 and the RF circuit 2614 are integrated.
  • the wireless communication interface 2612 may include multiple BB processors 2613 and multiple RF circuits 2614.
  • FIG. 26 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2612 includes multiple BB processors 2613 and multiple RF circuits 2614, the wireless communication interface 2612 may also include a single BB processor 2613 or a single RF circuit 2614.
  • the wireless communication interface 2612 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless local area network (LAN) schemes.
  • wireless communication interface 2612 may include BB processor 2613 and RF circuit 2614 of the wireless communication solution.
  • Each of the antenna switches 2615 switches the connection destination of the antenna 2616 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2612 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication schemes).
  • Antennas 2616 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by wireless communication interface 2612 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • smartphone 2600 may include multiple antennas 2616.
  • FIG. 26 shows an example in which smartphone 2600 includes multiple antennas 2616, smartphone 2600 may also include a single antenna 2616.
  • smartphone 2600 may include an antenna 2616 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 2615 may be omitted from the configuration of the smartphone 2600.
  • the bus 2617 connects the processor 2601, the memory 2602, the storage device 2603, the external connection interface 2604, the camera 2606, the sensor 2607, the microphone 2608, the input device 2609, the display device 2610, the speaker 2611, the wireless communication interface 2612, and the auxiliary controller 2619 to each other. connect.
  • the battery 2618 provides power to the various blocks of the smartphone 2600 shown in Figure 26 via feeders, which are partially shown in the figure as dashed lines.
  • the auxiliary controller 2619 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 2600 in the sleep mode, for example.
  • the car navigation device 2720 includes a processor 2721, a memory 2722, a global positioning system (GPS) module 2724, a sensor 2725, a data interface 2726, a content player 2727, a storage media interface 2728, an input device 2729, a display device 2730, a speaker 2731, a wireless Communication interface 2733, one or more antenna switches 2736, one or more antennas 2737, and battery 2738.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the processor 2721 may be, for example, a CPU or an SoC, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 2720 .
  • the memory 2122 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2721.
  • the GPS module 2724 measures the location (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude) of the car navigation device 2720 using GPS signals received from GPS satellites.
  • Sensors 2725 may include a set of sensors such as gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and air pressure sensors.
  • Data interface 2726 It is connected to, for example, the in-vehicle network 2741 via a terminal not shown, and data generated by the vehicle (such as vehicle speed data) is acquired.
  • the content player 2727 reproduces content stored in storage media, such as CDs and DVDs, which are inserted into the storage media interface 2728 .
  • the input device 2729 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2730, and receives an operation or information input from a user.
  • the display device 2730 includes a screen such as an LCD or an OLED display, and displays an image of a navigation function or reproduced content.
  • the speaker 2731 outputs the sound of the navigation function or the reproduced content.
  • the wireless communication interface 2733 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • Wireless communication interface 2733 may generally include, for example, BB processor 2734 and RF circuitry 2735.
  • the BB processor 2734 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communications.
  • the RF circuit 2735 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 2737.
  • the wireless communication interface 2733 can also be a chip module on which the BB processor 2734 and the RF circuit 2735 are integrated.
  • the wireless communication interface 2733 may include a plurality of BB processors 2734 and a plurality of RF circuits 2735.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2733 includes multiple BB processors 2734 and multiple RF circuits 2735, the wireless communication interface 2733 may also include a single BB processor 2734 or a single RF circuit 2735.
  • the wireless communication interface 2733 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless LAN schemes.
  • the wireless communication interface 2733 may include a BB processor 2734 and an RF circuit 2735 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • Each of the antenna switches 2736 switches the connection destination of the antenna 2737 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2733, such as circuits for different wireless communication schemes.
  • Antennas 2737 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by wireless communication interface 2733 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
  • car navigation device 2720 may include multiple antennas 2737.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example in which the car navigation device 2720 includes a plurality of antennas 2737, the car navigation device 2720 may also include a single antenna 2737.
  • the car navigation device 2720 may include an antenna 2737 for each wireless communication scheme.
  • the antenna switch 2736 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 2720.
  • the battery 2738 provides power to the various blocks of the car navigation device 2720 shown in FIG. 27 via feeders, which are partially shown as dashed lines in the figure. Battery 2738 accumulates power provided from the vehicle.
  • the technology of the present disclosure may also be implemented as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 2740 including a car navigation device 2720, an in-vehicle network 2741, and one or more blocks of a vehicle module 2742.
  • vehicle module 2742 generates vehicle data such as vehicle speed, engine speed, and fault information, and outputs the generated data to the in-vehicle network 2741 .
  • the units shown in dotted boxes in the functional block diagrams shown in the accompanying drawings all indicate that the functional units are optional in the corresponding devices, and each optional functional unit can be combined in an appropriate manner to achieve the required functions. .
  • a plurality of functions included in one unit in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices.
  • multiple functions implemented by multiple units in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices respectively.
  • one of the above functions may be implemented by multiple units. Needless to say, such a configuration is included in the technical scope of the present disclosure.
  • steps described in the flowchart include not only processing performed in time series in the stated order but also processing performed in parallel or individually and not necessarily in time series. Furthermore, even in steps processed in time series, it goes without saying that the order can be appropriately changed.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to an electronic device, a wireless communication method, and a computer readable storage medium. The electronic device for a base station side of the present disclosure comprises a processing circuit, configured to: generate a switching request, wherein the switching request comprises information of an intelligent surface for providing a service for a user equipment in the service range of the electronic device; and a target base station device, used for sending the switching request to the user equipment, so that the intelligent surface continues providing the service for the user equipment after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device. According to the electronic device, the wireless communication method, and the computer readable storage medium of the present disclosure, the coordinated multi-point technology and the intelligent surface technology can be combined, so that inter-cell interference is reduced or avoided without affecting the communication quality of the user equipment, the burden of a cooperative base station caused by joint transmission is reduced, and a reflection link can still be maintained in the case of cell handover.

Description

电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质Electronic devices, wireless communication methods and computer-readable storage media
本申请要求于2022年9月2日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211070478.2、发明名称为“电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on September 2, 2022, with application number 202211070478.2 and an invention name of "Electronic Devices, Wireless Communication Methods and Computer-Readable Storage Media", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本公开的实施例总体上涉及无线通信领域,具体地涉及电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质。更具体地,本公开涉及一种用于基站侧的电子设备、一种由无线通信系统中的用于基站侧的电子设备执行的无线通信方法、以及一种计算机可读存储介质。Embodiments of the present disclosure relate generally to the field of wireless communications, and specifically to electronic devices, wireless communication methods, and computer-readable storage media. More specifically, the present disclosure relates to an electronic device for a base station side, a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side in a wireless communication system, and a computer-readable storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
多点协作技术可以用来解决基站间的干扰问题。多点协作技术可以包括协作波束赋形和联合传输。根据协作波束赋形技术,在发生小区干扰的情况下,协作基站可以调整其波束方向,从而减小或避免对服务基站服务的用户造成干扰。根据联合传输技术,服务基站与协作基站可以交互服务基站与用户之间的数据,从而使得服务基站和协作基站共同向用户发送数据或共同接收来自用户的数据。由此可见,在协作波束赋形中,为了减小或避免干扰,需要调整协作基站内的用户的波束方向,从而对该用户的通信质量造成一定的影响。在联合传输中,由于服务基站和协作基站间需要交互用户的数据,因此会增加回程链路的负担,并增加时延。Multipoint cooperative technology can be used to solve the interference problem between base stations. Coordinated multipoint techniques may include coordinated beamforming and joint transmission. According to cooperative beamforming technology, in the event of cell interference, the cooperative base station can adjust its beam direction, thereby reducing or avoiding interference to users served by the serving base station. According to the joint transmission technology, the serving base station and the cooperating base station can exchange data between the serving base station and the user, so that the serving base station and the cooperating base station jointly send data to the user or jointly receive data from the user. It can be seen that in cooperative beamforming, in order to reduce or avoid interference, the beam direction of the user in the cooperative base station needs to be adjusted, thereby having a certain impact on the communication quality of the user. In joint transmission, since user data needs to be exchanged between the serving base station and the cooperating base station, the burden on the backhaul link will be increased and the delay will be increased.
可重构智能表面(Reconfigurable Intelligent Surface,RIS),也称为智能超表面,具有低成本、低能耗、可编程和易于部署的特性。RIS可以通过在平面上集成大量低成本的无源或有源反射元件,智能地重新配置无线传播环境。因此,RIS在未来无线网络的覆盖增强和容量增强、消除部分覆盖盲区、服务小区边缘用户等方面具有巨大潜力。Reconfigurable Intelligent Surface (RIS), also known as smart metasurface, has the characteristics of low cost, low energy consumption, programmability and easy deployment. RIS can intelligently reconfigure the wireless propagation environment by integrating a large number of low-cost passive or active reflective elements on a flat surface. Therefore, RIS has great potential in enhancing the coverage and capacity of future wireless networks, eliminating some coverage blind spots, and serving cell edge users.
本公开希望通过结合多点协作技术与RIS技术,从而解决以上技术问题中的至少一个。此外,在引入了RIS之后,在发生小区切换的情况 下如何能够维持反射链路从而保证通信质量也是本公开希望解决的技术问题之一。The present disclosure hopes to solve at least one of the above technical problems by combining multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology. In addition, after the introduction of RIS, in the case of cell handover How to maintain the reflection link to ensure communication quality is also one of the technical problems that this disclosure hopes to solve.
发明内容Contents of the invention
这个部分提供了本公开的一般概要,而不是其全部范围或其全部特征的全面披露。This section provides a general summary of the disclosure, but is not a comprehensive disclosure of its full scope or all of its features.
本公开的目的在于提供一种电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质,结合多点协作技术与RIS技术,使得在不影响用户设备的通信质量的情况下减小或避免小区间干扰、减少协作基站由于联合传输造成的负担,并且在发生小区切换的情况下也能够维持反射链路。The purpose of this disclosure is to provide an electronic device, a wireless communication method and a computer-readable storage medium that combine multi-point cooperative technology and RIS technology to reduce or avoid inter-cell interference without affecting the communication quality of user equipment. Reduces the burden caused by joint transmission on cooperative base stations, and can maintain reflection links in the event of cell handover.
根据本公开的一方面,提供了一种用于基站侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,被配置为:生成切换请求,所述切换请求包括为所述电子设备服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息;以及将所述切换请求发送至所述用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在所述用户设备切换至所述目标基站设备之后,所述智能表面继续为所述用户设备提供服务。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device for a base station side is provided, including a processing circuit configured to: generate a handover request, where the handover request includes providing services for user equipment within the service range of the electronic device. information of the smart surface; and sending the handover request to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment switches to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide the user equipment with Serve.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种用于基站侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,被配置为:确定所述电子设备与所述电子设备服务的用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及响应于所述干扰,配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述用户设备进行数据传输。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an electronic device for a base station side is provided, including a processing circuit configured to: determine that transmission between the electronic device and a user equipment served by the electronic device is affected by a neighboring base station. Interference in transmissions between the device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and in response to the interference, configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists in conducting data with the user equipment through the smart surface transmission.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种由用于基站侧的电子设备执行的无线通信方法,包括:生成切换请求,所述切换请求包括为所述电子设备服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息;以及将所述切换请求发送至所述用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在所述用户设备切换至所述目标基站设备之后,所述智能表面继续为所述用户设备提供服务。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side is provided, including: generating a handover request, the handover request including providing services for user equipment within the service range of the electronic device. information of the smart surface; and sending the handover request to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to be the user equipment. Provide services.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种由用于基站侧的电子设备执行的无线通信方法,包括:确定所述电子设备与所述电子设备服务的用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及响应于所述干扰,配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述用户设备进行数据传输。 According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device for a base station side is provided, including: determining that transmission between the electronic device and a user equipment served by the electronic device is affected by a neighboring base station. Interference in transmissions between the device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and in response to the interference, configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists in conducting data with the user equipment through the smart surface transmission.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括可执行计算机指令,所述可执行计算机指令当被计算机执行时使得所述计算机执行根据本公开所述的无线通信方法。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including executable computer instructions that, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to perform the wireless communication method according to the present disclosure.
根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序当被计算机执行时使得所述计算机执行根据本公开所述的无线通信方法。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a computer program that, when executed by a computer, causes the computer to perform the wireless communication method according to the present disclosure.
使用根据本公开的电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质,在切换请求中可以包括智能表面的信息,从而目标基站设备能够尽早知晓为用户设备服务的智能表面的信息。这样一来,可以在发生小区切换的情况下也能够维持反射链路。Using the electronic device, wireless communication method and computer-readable storage medium according to the present disclosure, the information of the smart surface can be included in the handover request, so that the target base station device can know the information of the smart surface serving the user equipment as early as possible. In this way, the reflection link can be maintained even in the case of cell handover.
使用根据本公开的电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质,在发生小区间干扰的情况下,可以通过反射链路来为用户设备提供服务,而无需改变相邻基站设备服务的用户设备的波束方向,从而在不影响用户设备的通信质量的情况下减小或避免小区间干扰。Using the electronic device, the wireless communication method and the computer-readable storage medium according to the present disclosure, in the event of inter-cell interference, user equipment can be served through reflective links without changing the user equipment served by adjacent base station equipment. beam direction, thereby reducing or avoiding inter-cell interference without affecting the communication quality of the user equipment.
使用根据本公开的电子设备、无线通信方法和计算机可读存储介质,基站设备可以确定联合传输的策略,使得在相邻基站设备过载的情况下由智能表面提供联合传输,从而减少协作基站由于联合传输造成的负担。此外,在已经由智能表面提供联合传输的情况下,可以请求相邻基站设备进行进一步的联合传输,从而提高空分增益。Using the electronic device, the wireless communication method and the computer-readable storage medium according to the present disclosure, the base station device can determine a joint transmission strategy so that the smart surface provides joint transmission in the case of overload of adjacent base station devices, thereby reducing the cooperative base station due to joint transmission. transmission burden. In addition, where joint transmission is already provided by the smart surface, neighboring base station equipment can be requested for further joint transmission, thereby increasing the spatial division gain.
从在此提供的描述中,进一步的适用性区域将会变得明显。这个概要中的描述和特定例子只是为了示意的目的,而不旨在限制本公开的范围。Further areas of applicability will become apparent from the description provided herein. The description and specific examples in this summary are for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to limit the scope of the disclosure.
附图说明Description of drawings
在此描述的附图只是为了所选实施例的示意的目的而非全部可能的实施,并且不旨在限制本公开的范围。在附图中:The drawings described herein are for illustrative purposes only of selected embodiments and not all possible implementations, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure. In the attached picture:
图1是示出根据本公开的实施例的小区切换的场景的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a cell handover scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2是示出根据本公开的实施例的电子设备的配置的示例的框图;2 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3是示出在用户设备切换到目标基站设备之后仍然由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图; Figure 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario where the user equipment is still served by the smart surface after it is switched to the target base station equipment;
图4是示出在小区切换的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图;Figure 4 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a cell handover scenario;
图5是示出根据本公开的实施例的干扰的场景的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an interference scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6是示出在用户1受到干扰的情况下由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario served by a smart surface when user 1 is disturbed;
图7是示出在干扰的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图;Figure 7 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an interference scenario;
图8是示出根据本公开的实施例的在非透明智能表面的情况下确定反射链路波束方向的信令流程图;8 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating determination of a reflected link beam direction in the case of a non-transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9是示出根据本公开的实施例的在透明智能表面的情况下确定反射链路波束方向的信令流程图;9 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10是示出根据本公开的实施例的相邻基站设备过载的场景的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which adjacent base station equipment is overloaded according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11是示出在相邻基站设备过载的情况下用户设备由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which user equipment is served by a smart surface when adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
图12是示出在下行链路中、在相邻基站设备过载的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图;Figure 12 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a downlink scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
图13是示出在上行链路中、在相邻基站设备过载的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图;Figure 13 is a signaling flow chart illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an uplink scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded;
图14是示出根据本公开的实施例的在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下需要相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which joint transmission by neighboring base stations is required when a UE is served by a serving base station and a smart surface according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15是示出在下行链路中、在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by adjacent base stations in the downlink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface;
图16是示出在上行链路中、在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by adjacent base stations in the uplink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface;
图17是示出在下行链路中、在联合传输的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图;FIG. 17 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a joint transmission scenario in downlink;
图18是示出在上行链路中、在联合传输的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图; Figure 18 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in the uplink in a joint transmission scenario;
图19是示出根据本公开的另一个实施例的电子设备的配置的示例的框图;19 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20是示出根据本公开的又一个实施例的电子设备的配置的示例的框图;20 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21是示出根据本公开的实施例的由电子设备执行的无线通信方法的流程图;21 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22是示出根据本公开的另一个实施例的由电子设备执行的无线通信方法的流程图;22 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23是示出根据本公开的又一个实施例的由电子设备执行的无线通信方法的流程图;23 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24是示出gNB的示意性配置的第一示例的框图;Figure 24 is a block diagram showing a first example of a schematic configuration of a gNB;
图25是示出gNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图;Figure 25 is a block diagram showing a second example of a schematic configuration of a gNB;
图26是示出智能电话的示意性配置的示例的框图;以及26 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone; and
图27是示出汽车导航设备的示意性配置的示例的框图。FIG. 27 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device.
虽然本公开容易经受各种修改和替换形式,但是其特定实施例已作为例子在附图中示出,并且在此详细描述。然而应当理解的是,在此对特定实施例的描述并不打算将本公开限制到公开的具体形式,而是相反地,本公开目的是要覆盖落在本公开的精神和范围之内的所有修改、等效和替换。要注意的是,贯穿几个附图,相应的标号指示相应的部件。While the present disclosure is susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific embodiments thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and are herein described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the description herein of specific embodiments is not intended to limit the disclosure to the precise forms disclosed, but on the contrary, this disclosure is intended to cover all embodiments falling within the spirit and scope of the disclosure. Modifications, Equivalents and Substitutions. It is noted that throughout the several drawings, corresponding reference numbers indicate corresponding parts.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
现在参考附图来更加充分地描述本公开的例子。以下描述实质上只是示例性的,而不旨在限制本公开、应用或用途。Examples of the present disclosure will now be described more fully with reference to the accompanying drawings. The following description is merely illustrative in nature and is not intended to limit the disclosure, application, or uses.
提供了示例实施例,以便本公开将会变得详尽,并且将会向本领域技术人员充分地传达其范围。阐述了众多的特定细节如特定部件、装置和方法的例子,以提供对本公开的实施例的详尽理解。对于本领域技术人员而言将会明显的是,不需要使用特定的细节,示例实施例可以用许多不同的形式来实施,它们都不应当被解释为限制本公开的范围。在某些示例实施例中,没有详细地描述众所周知的过程、众所周知的结构和 众所周知的技术。Example embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough, and will fully convey the scope to those skilled in the art. Numerous specific details are set forth, such as examples of specific components, devices, and methods, to provide a thorough understanding of embodiments of the disclosure. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that specific details need not be employed, that example embodiments may be embodied in many different forms, neither of which should be construed to limit the scope of the present disclosure. In certain example embodiments, well-known processes, well-known structures, and Well known technology.
将按照以下顺序进行描述:It will be described in the following order:
综述;Overview;
电子设备的配置示例;Configuration examples of electronic equipment;
2.1切换的场景;2.1 Switching scene;
2.2干扰的场景;2.2 Interference scenarios;
2.3联合传输的场景;2.3 Joint transmission scenario;
2.4预处理操作;2.4 Preprocessing operations;
2.5修改实施例;2.5 Modify the embodiment;
3.方法实施例;3. Method examples;
4.应用示例。4. Application examples.
<1.综述><1.Overview>
前文中提到,在协作波束赋形中,为了减小或避免干扰,需要调整协作基站内的用户设备的波束方向,从而对该用户设备的通信质量造成一定的影响。在联合传输中,由于服务基站和协作基站间需要交互用户设备的数据,因此会增加回程链路的负担,并增加时延。本公开希望通过结合多点协作技术与RIS技术,从而解决以上技术问题中的至少一个。此外,在引入了RIS之后,在发生小区切换的情况下如何能够维持反射链路从而保证通信质量也是本公开希望解决的技术问题之一。As mentioned above, in cooperative beamforming, in order to reduce or avoid interference, the beam direction of the user equipment in the cooperative base station needs to be adjusted, which will have a certain impact on the communication quality of the user equipment. In joint transmission, since user equipment data needs to be exchanged between the serving base station and the cooperating base station, the burden on the backhaul link will be increased and the delay will be increased. The present disclosure hopes to solve at least one of the above technical problems by combining multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology. In addition, after the introduction of RIS, how to maintain the reflection link to ensure communication quality in the case of cell handover is also one of the technical problems that this disclosure hopes to solve.
本公开提出了一种无线通信系统中的电子设备、由无线通信系统中的电子设备执行的无线通信方法以及计算机可读存储介质,以结合多点协作技术与RIS技术,使得在不影响用户设备的通信质量的情况下减小或避免小区间干扰、减少协作基站由于联合传输造成的负担,并且在发生小区切换的情况下也能够维持反射链路。The present disclosure proposes an electronic device in a wireless communication system, a wireless communication method executed by the electronic device in the wireless communication system, and a computer-readable storage medium to combine multi-point collaboration technology and RIS technology so that user equipment is not affected. It reduces or avoids inter-cell interference while maintaining good communication quality, reduces the burden on cooperative base stations due to joint transmission, and can maintain reflection links in the event of cell handover.
根据本公开的无线通信系统可以是5G NR通信系统,也可以是未来更高等级的通信系统。The wireless communication system according to the present disclosure may be a 5G NR communication system or a higher-level communication system in the future.
根据本公开的用于基站侧的电子设备例如可以是eNB,也可以是gNB。 The electronic device used on the base station side according to the present disclosure may be, for example, an eNB or a gNB.
根据本公开的用户设备可以是移动终端(诸如智能电话、平板个人计算机(PC)、笔记本式PC、便携式游戏终端、便携式/加密狗型移动路由器和数字摄像装置)或者车载终端(诸如汽车导航设备)。用户设备还可以被实现为执行机器对机器(M2M)通信的终端(也称为机器类型通信(MTC)终端)。此外,用户设备可以为安装在上述终端中的每个终端上的无线通信模块(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)。The user equipment according to the present disclosure may be a mobile terminal such as a smartphone, a tablet personal computer (PC), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a portable/dongle-type mobile router, and a digital camera device, or a vehicle-mounted terminal such as a car navigation device ). The user equipment may also be implemented as a terminal performing machine-to-machine (M2M) communication (also known as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal). Furthermore, the user equipment may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single die) installed on each of the above-mentioned terminals.
根据本公开的智能表面可以安装在例如建筑物等固定物体的表面上,也可以安装在例如无人飞行器(Unmanned Aerial Vehicle,UAV)等移动物体上。此外,智能表面可以通过有线或者无线的方式与用于基站侧的电子设备连接。智能表面可以接收发射方的信号并反射到接收方。此外,在智能表面安装在例如玻璃等透明表面上的情况下,智能表面也可以接收发射方的信号并透射到接收方。也就是说,发送方和接收方可以位于智能表面的同一侧,也可以位于智能表面的不同侧。The smart surface according to the present disclosure can be installed on the surface of a fixed object such as a building, or on a moving object such as an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV). In addition, smart surfaces can be connected to electronic devices used on the base station side through wired or wireless means. Smart surfaces can pick up signals from the transmitter and reflect them back to the receiver. In addition, in the case where the smart surface is mounted on a transparent surface such as glass, the smart surface can also receive the signal from the transmitter and transmit it to the receiver. That is, the sender and receiver can be on the same side of the smart surface or on different sides of the smart surface.
进一步,根据本公开的用于基站侧的电子设备和用户设备可以具有波束赋形的能力,即可以利用波束来发送信息和接收信息。Further, the electronic equipment and user equipment used on the base station side according to the present disclosure may have beam forming capabilities, that is, beams may be used to send and receive information.
此外,在本公开中,直达链路意指基站设备与用户设备之间的直接链路,可以包括上行链路和下行链路。反射链路意指基站设备-智能表面-用户设备的间接链路,同样也可以包括上行链路和下行链路。在本公开中的表述“基站与智能表面之间的反射链路”和“智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路”同样意指上述基站设备-智能表面-用户设备的间接链路。进一步,在本公开中,反射链路波束方向可以包括反射链路中智能表面的波束方向和反射链路中用户设备的波束方向,可能是发送波束方向,也可能是接收波束方向。Furthermore, in this disclosure, a direct link means a direct link between the base station equipment and the user equipment, which may include an uplink and a downlink. The reflective link refers to the indirect link between the base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment, which can also include uplinks and downlinks. The expressions "reflective link between the base station and the smart surface" and "reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment" in this disclosure also mean the above-mentioned indirect link of the base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment. Further, in the present disclosure, the reflection link beam direction may include the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link, which may be the transmitting beam direction or the receiving beam direction.
在下文中,以发送方和接收方位于智能表面的同一侧为例对本公开的实施方式进行了详细说明,本公开的实施方式同样适用于发送方和接收方位于智能表面的不同侧的情形。在发送方和接收方位于智能表面的不同侧的情况下,基站设备-智能表面-用户设备的间接链路可以被称为透射链路。In the following, the embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail by taking the example that the sender and the receiver are located on the same side of the smart surface. The embodiments of the present disclosure are also applicable to the situation where the sender and the receiver are located on different sides of the smart surface. In the case where the sender and receiver are located on different sides of the smart surface, the indirect link of base station equipment-smart surface-user equipment may be called a transmissive link.
<2.电子设备的配置示例><2. Configuration example of electronic equipment>
图2是示出根据本公开的实施例的电子设备200的配置的示例的框图。这里的电子设备200可以作为无线通信系统中的基站设备。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the electronic device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. The electronic device 200 here can serve as a base station device in a wireless communication system.
这里,电子设备200的各个单元都可以包括在处理电路中。需要说明的是,电子设备200既可以包括一个处理电路,也可以包括多个处理电路。进一步,处理电路可以包括各种分立的功能单元以执行各种不同的功能和/或操作。需要说明的是,这些功能单元可以是物理实体或逻辑实体,并且不同称谓的单元可能由同一个物理实体实现。Here, each unit of the electronic device 200 may be included in the processing circuit. It should be noted that the electronic device 200 may include one processing circuit or multiple processing circuits. Further, the processing circuitry may include various discrete functional units to perform various different functions and/or operations. It should be noted that these functional units may be physical entities or logical entities, and units with different names may be implemented by the same physical entity.
下面将针对切换的场景、干扰的场景和联合传输的场景来详细描述电子设备200的配置。The configuration of the electronic device 200 will be described in detail below with respect to handover scenarios, interference scenarios, and joint transmission scenarios.
<2.1切换的场景><2.1 Switching scene>
图1是示出根据本公开的实施例的小区切换的场景的示意图。如图1所示,UE(User Equipment,用户设备)由服务gNB和智能表面服务。在某个时刻,UE移动到目标gNB的服务范围内,即发生了A3事件。在这种情况下,如果UE切换到目标gNB服务的小区,则UE将与智能表面断开连接。如果UE在切换到目标gNB服务的小区之后再由目标gNB为UE重新分配智能表面并重新建立反射链路,那么反射链路的断开时间会较长,从而影响UE的通信质量。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a cell handover scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 1, UE (User Equipment) is served by serving gNB and smart surface. At a certain moment, the UE moves into the service range of the target gNB, that is, the A3 event occurs. In this case, if the UE hands over to a cell served by the target gNB, the UE will be disconnected from the smart surface. If the target gNB reassigns the intelligent surface to the UE and re-establishes the reflection link after the UE switches to the cell served by the target gNB, the reflection link will be disconnected for a long time, thus affecting the communication quality of the UE.
根据本公开的实施例,如图2所示,电子设备200可以包括信息生成单元210和通信单元220。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may include an information generation unit 210 and a communication unit 220.
根据本公开的实施例,信息生成单元210可以生成各种各样的信息,以使得电子设备200可以利用生成的信息进行其他处理,或者将生成的信息发送至其他设备。此外,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向其他设备发送信息以及/或者从其他设备接收信息。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the information generation unit 210 may generate various kinds of information, so that the electronic device 200 may utilize the generated information to perform other processing, or send the generated information to other devices. In addition, the electronic device 200 may send information to and/or receive information from other devices through the communication unit 220 .
根据本公开的实施例,信息生成单元210可以生成切换请求。这里,切换请求可以包括为电子设备200服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the information generating unit 210 may generate a handover request. Here, the switching request may include information of a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 .
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以将信息生成单元210生成的切换请求发送至用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在用户设备切换至目标基站设备之后,智能表面继续为用户设备提供服务。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may send the handover request generated by the information generation unit 210 to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment. .
由此可见,根据本公开的实施例,发送至目标基站设备的切换请求可以包括为用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息。这样一来,目标基站设备可以提前知晓智能表面的信息,从而可以在用户设备切换到目标基 站设备的同时就可以建立反射链路,使得用户设备的由智能表面提供的服务不被中断。It can be seen that, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, the handover request sent to the target base station device may include information about the smart surface that provides services for the user equipment. In this way, the target base station equipment can know the information of the smart surface in advance, so that it can switch to the target base station when the user equipment A reflection link can be established while the station device is connected, so that the service provided by the smart surface of the user device is not interrupted.
根据本公开的实施例,可以在满足A3事件的情况下,信息生成单元210生成包括智能表面的信息的切换请求。这里,可以使用本领域中已知的任何方法来确定是否满足A3事件,本公开对此不做限定。此外,可以使用本领域中已知的任何方法来确定用户设备的目标基站设备,本公开对此也不做限定。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the information generation unit 210 may generate a switching request including information of the smart surface if the A3 event is satisfied. Here, any method known in the art can be used to determine whether the A3 event is satisfied, and this disclosure does not limit this. In addition, any method known in the art may be used to determine the target base station device of the user equipment, and this disclosure is not limited thereto.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以根据智能表面的位置和目标基站设备的位置来确定是否在切换请求中包括智能表面的信息。例如,在智能表面距离目标基站设备较近(智能表面与目标基站设备之间的距离小于预定阈值,或者智能表面与目标基站设备的服务范围的边界之间的最小距离小于预定阈值)的情况下,电子设备200可以确定在用户设备切换到目标基站设备之后仍然可以由原智能表面为用户设备提供服务,因此可以在切换请求中包括智能表面的信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may determine whether to include the information of the smart surface in the handover request according to the location of the smart surface and the location of the target base station device. For example, in the case where the smart surface is close to the target base station device (the distance between the smart surface and the target base station device is less than a predetermined threshold, or the minimum distance between the smart surface and the boundary of the service range of the target base station device is less than a predetermined threshold) , the electronic device 200 may determine that the original smart surface can still provide services to the user equipment after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, and therefore the smart surface information may be included in the handover request.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面的信息可以包括智能表面的标识,例如ID。这样一来,目标基站设备可以获知为用户设备提供服务的智能表面,并可以通过配置智能表面进行反射链路波束扫描的方式来确定反射链路中智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向,从而使得智能表面能够为用户设备继续提供服务。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the information of the smart surface may include an identification of the smart surface, such as an ID. In this way, the target base station device can learn about the smart surface that provides services to the user equipment, and can determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment by configuring the smart surface to scan the reflection link beam. This allows the smart surface to continue to provide services to user devices.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面的信息还可以包括与智能表面的反射方向相关的信息。这里,可以用智能表面的反射系数来表示智能表面的反射方向,也可以用反射链路中智能表面的波束信息(包括但不限于CRI(CSI-RS Resource Indicator,CSI参考信号资源指示符))来表示智能表面的反射方向。这样一来,目标基站设备无需配置智能表面进行反射链路波束扫描,可以直接使用根据切换请求确定的反射方向来配置智能表面。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the information of the smart surface may further include information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface. Here, the reflection coefficient of the smart surface can be used to represent the reflection direction of the smart surface, or the beam information of the smart surface in the reflection link (including but not limited to CRI (CSI-RS Resource Indicator, CSI Reference Signal Resource Indicator)) to represent the reflection direction of the smart surface. In this way, the target base station device does not need to configure a smart surface for reflection link beam scanning, and can directly configure the smart surface using the reflection direction determined based on the handover request.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以通过配置智能表面执行反射链路波束扫描过程来确定智能表面的反射方向。例如,信息生成单元210可以生成反射链路波束扫描过程的测量控制信息并且电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送测量控制信息,使得用户设备可以测量由智能表面反射的各个波束的质量,并上报质量最好的波束方向。 测量控制信息例如包括针对该智能表面的CSI-RS资源的配置。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may determine the reflection direction of the smart surface by configuring the smart surface to perform a reflection link beam scanning process. For example, the information generation unit 210 may generate measurement control information of the reflection link beam scanning process and the electronic device 200 may send the measurement control information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment can measure the quality of each beam reflected by the smart surface, And report the beam direction with the best quality. The measurement control information includes, for example, the configuration of CSI-RS resources for the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200还可以包括配置单元230,用于配置智能表面,包括但不限于配置智能表面的反射系数,从而使得智能表面能够根据配置单元230配置的波束方向发送或接收数据。进一步,配置单元230可以配置智能表面以执行反射链路波束扫描过程。也就是说,智能表面可以在配置单元230的配置下通过各个波束来将CSI-RS反射到用户设备。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may further include a configuration unit 230 for configuring the smart surface, including but not limited to configuring the reflection coefficient of the smart surface, so that the smart surface can transmit or receive according to the beam direction configured by the configuration unit 230 data. Further, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process. That is to say, the smart surface can reflect CSI-RS to the user equipment through each beam under the configuration of the configuration unit 230.
根据本公开的实施例,如图2所示,电子设备200还可以包括反射方向确定单元240,用于根据用户设备上报的波束信息来确定智能表面的反射方向,该波束信息可以反映用户设备测量的质量最好的波束的方向。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may further include a reflection direction determining unit 240 for determining the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment. The beam information may reflect user equipment measurements. The direction of the best quality beam.
根据本公开的实施例,如图2所示,电子设备200还可以包括预测单元250,用于基于用户设备的位置以及运动信息预测用户设备与智能表面之间的反射链路波束方向,从而信息生成单元210可以根据预测的用户设备的反射链路波束方向来生成测量控制信息。这里,运动信息可以包括运动方向和运动速度。也就是说,预测单元250可以根据用户设备的位置、运动方向和运动速度预测在未来的一段时间内用户设备的位置,从而预测用户设备可能会使用的波束的方向。因此,电子设备200在配置反射链路波束扫描过程时,可以配置部分波束扫描,而不是配置全向波束扫描。换句话说,用户设备可以仅在部分波束上测量信号质量。这样一来,可以减少反射链路波束扫描的时间。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may further include a prediction unit 250 for predicting the reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the location and motion information of the user equipment, so that the information The generating unit 210 may generate measurement control information according to the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment. Here, the movement information may include movement direction and movement speed. That is to say, the prediction unit 250 can predict the location of the user equipment in a future period of time based on the location, movement direction, and movement speed of the user equipment, thereby predicting the direction of the beam that the user equipment may use. Therefore, when configuring the reflection link beam scanning process, the electronic device 200 may configure partial beam scanning instead of omnidirectional beam scanning. In other words, the user equipment can measure signal quality only on part of the beam. This reduces the reflected link beam scanning time.
如上所述,由于用户设备处于运动之中,因此,通过反射链路波束扫描过程来确定智能表面的反射方向可以更加准确地确定智能表面的反射方向,从而使得用户设备在切换到目标基站设备的服务范围之后继续由该智能表面提供服务可以获得更好的服务质量。As mentioned above, since the user equipment is in motion, determining the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process can more accurately determine the reflection direction of the smart surface, thereby allowing the user equipment to switch to the target base station equipment. Better service quality can be obtained by continuing to provide services by the smart surface after the service scope.
根据电子设备200可以根据用户设备的运动速度来确定是否通过反射链路波束扫描过程来确定智能表面的反射方向。例如,在用户设备的运动速度比较快的情况下,电子设备200可以通过如上所述的反射链路波束扫描过程来确定智能表面的反射方向;在用户设备的运动速度比较慢的情况下,电子设备200也可以不执行反射链路波束扫描过程,而是直接将智能表面当前的反射方向包括在切换请求中,由此可以减小信令开销。 The electronic device 200 may determine whether to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through a reflection link beam scanning process according to the movement speed of the user equipment. For example, when the movement speed of the user equipment is relatively fast, the electronic device 200 can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process as described above; when the movement speed of the user equipment is relatively slow, the electronic device 200 can The device 200 may also not perform the reflection link beam scanning process, but directly include the current reflection direction of the smart surface in the handover request, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
根据本公开的实施例,在电子设备200发送了切换请求之后,可以从目标基站设备接收切换响应。进一步,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送RRC连接重配置信息,从而用户设备在成功接入目标基站设备之后将RRC连接重配置完成信息发送至目标基站设备。由此,用户设备成功切换到目标基站设备,并且成功建立了反射链路。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, after the electronic device 200 sends the handover request, a handover response may be received from the target base station device. Further, the electronic device 200 may send RRC connection reconfiguration information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment sends the RRC connection reconfiguration completion information to the target base station equipment after successfully accessing the target base station equipment. As a result, the user equipment is successfully handed over to the target base station equipment, and the reflection link is successfully established.
图3是示出在用户设备切换到目标基站设备之后仍然由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图。在图1和图3中,服务gNB可以由电子设备200来实现。如图3所示,在UE切换到目标gNB之后,UE仍然可以由原智能表面提供服务。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which the user equipment is still served by the smart surface after switching to the target base station equipment. In FIGS. 1 and 3 , the serving gNB may be implemented by the electronic device 200 . As shown in Figure 3, after the UE is handed over to the target gNB, the UE can still be served by the original smart surface.
图4是示出在小区切换的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图。在图4中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现,UE由服务基站和一个或多个RIS提供服务,并即将切换到目标基站。如图4所示,在步骤S401中,服务基站向UE发送测量配置信息,以配置UE进行相应的测量。其中,测量配置信息包括当前服务小区、相邻小区的测量配置以及可选的RIS的测量配置。在步骤S402中,服务基站控制RIS执行反射链路波束扫描过程,例如,为RIS配置用于反射链路波束扫描的参考信号资源,以用于UE测量反射链路波束质量。在步骤S403中,UE上报质量最好的RIS波束。在步骤S404中,基于UE发出的包含A3事件的测量报告,服务基站做出对UE的切换决定,并向目标小区所属的目标基站发送切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST),以用于目标基站进行切换准备,其中切换请求消息包括当前为UE提供服务的RIS的信息以及/或者推荐的在切换之后可为UE提供服务的候选RIS的信息。具体的,RIS的信息例如包括RIS ID、RIS的地理位置(例如经纬度、高度)、RIS的表面朝向(例如与地面的角度)、RIS对UE提供服务的最优波束信息当中的一个或多个。在一些实施例中,网络中部署的RIS的有关信息已通过OAM配置给各个基站,在源基站和目标基站之间仅交互RIS ID,相应接收基站可通过查询预配置信息即可获悉对应RIS的地理位置、支持的波束方向等详细参数。在步骤S405中,目标基站基于切换请求消息确定候选RIS,根据自身位置信息和候选RIS的参数,确定要采用的一个或多个RIS,完成切换准备,向服务基站发送包含辅助UE进行切换的RRC消息的切换请求响应(HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE)。该RRC消息包含目标基站要采用的服务UE的一 个或多个RIS的信息,例如RIS ID、RIS的波束、地理位置。在步骤S406中,服务基站将来自目标基站的RRC消息内容包含于向UE发送的RRC重配置信息(例如RRCReconfiguration)中以触发切换。RRC重配置信息可以包括一组专用的随机接入资源,其中,部分随机接入资源与要采用的RIS相关联,RRC重配置信息还包括随机接入资源与特定RIS的关联关系,以辅助UE通过RIS对目标小区随机接入。在步骤S407中,UE基于RRC重配置信息确定目标基站要采用的RIS以及RIS所处的位置,根据自身位置与RIS位置估计与反射链路相匹配的波束方向,利用相关联的专用随机接入资源在该波束方向上发送随机接入前导码以便经由该RIS的反射链路发送到目标基站。可选地,在目标基站要采用的RIS和当前服务RIS一致的情况下,UE直接利用当前RIS的波束发送随机接入前导码。此外,另一部分专用随机接入资源可以与目标小区的SSB以及/或者UE特定的CSI-RS配置相关联,UE在经由RIS的反射链路发送随机接入前导码的同时,还通过另一部分专用随机接入资源以及对应的SSB或CSI-RS波束方向直接向目标基站发送随机接入前导码。在UE接入目标基站之后,向目标基站发送RRC重配置完成信息,例如RRCReconfigurationComplete消息。由此,UE在接入目标基站的同时就建立了反射链路,而且借助反射链路提高了随机接入的成功率以及缩短切换时延。在图4中,步骤S401至步骤S403不是必须的,源服务基站可以独立做出切换决定。此外,步骤S401至步骤S403可以周期性执行,即服务基站可以周期性通过反射链路波束扫描的过程来确定RIS的反射方向,从而切换请求中可以包括最新确定的反射方向。可选地,步骤S401至步骤S403也可以在步骤S404的同时或者之后执行。FIG. 4 is a signaling flow chart illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a cell handover scenario. In Figure 4, the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200. The UE is served by the serving base station and one or more RISs and is about to be handed over to the target base station. As shown in Figure 4, in step S401, the serving base station sends measurement configuration information to the UE to configure the UE to perform corresponding measurements. The measurement configuration information includes measurement configurations of the current serving cell, neighboring cells, and optional RIS measurement configurations. In step S402, the serving base station controls the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process, for example, configure the RIS with a reference signal resource for reflection link beam scanning, so that the UE can measure the reflection link beam quality. In step S403, the UE reports the RIS beam with the best quality. In step S404, based on the measurement report containing the A3 event sent by the UE, the serving base station makes a handover decision for the UE, and sends a handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) to the target base station to which the target cell belongs, for the target base station to prepare for handover. , wherein the handover request message includes information about the RIS currently providing services to the UE and/or information about recommended candidate RISs that can provide services to the UE after the handover. Specifically, the information of the RIS includes, for example, one or more of the RIS ID, the geographical location of the RIS (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude), the surface orientation of the RIS (such as the angle with the ground), and the optimal beam information of the RIS that provides services to the UE. . In some embodiments, the relevant information of the RIS deployed in the network has been configured to each base station through OAM. Only the RIS ID is exchanged between the source base station and the target base station. The corresponding receiving base station can learn the corresponding RIS by querying the preconfiguration information. Detailed parameters such as geographical location and supported beam directions. In step S405, the target base station determines the candidate RIS based on the handover request message, determines one or more RIS to be used based on its own location information and parameters of the candidate RIS, completes handover preparations, and sends an RRC containing the information to assist the UE in handover to the serving base station. Message handover request response (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE). The RRC message contains a parameter to be used by the target base station to serve the UE. Information about one or more RIS, such as RIS ID, RIS beam, and geographical location. In step S406, the serving base station includes the RRC message content from the target base station in the RRC reconfiguration information (eg, RRCReconfiguration) sent to the UE to trigger the handover. The RRC reconfiguration information may include a set of dedicated random access resources, where some of the random access resources are associated with the RIS to be used. The RRC reconfiguration information also includes the association between the random access resources and the specific RIS to assist the UE. Randomly access the target cell through RIS. In step S407, the UE determines the RIS to be used by the target base station and the location of the RIS based on the RRC reconfiguration information, estimates the beam direction that matches the reflection link based on its own location and the RIS location, and uses the associated dedicated random access The resource sends a random access preamble in the beam direction for transmission to the target base station via the reflection link of the RIS. Optionally, when the RIS to be used by the target base station is consistent with the current serving RIS, the UE directly uses the beam of the current RIS to send the random access preamble. In addition, another part of the dedicated random access resources can be associated with the SSB of the target cell and/or the UE-specific CSI-RS configuration. While the UE sends the random access preamble via the reflection link of the RIS, it also transmits the random access preamble through another part of the dedicated random access resource. The random access resources and the corresponding SSB or CSI-RS beam direction directly send the random access preamble to the target base station. After the UE accesses the target base station, it sends RRC reconfiguration completion information, such as an RRCReconfigurationComplete message, to the target base station. As a result, the UE establishes a reflection link while accessing the target base station, and with the help of the reflection link, the success rate of random access is improved and the handover delay is shortened. In Figure 4, steps S401 to S403 are not necessary, and the source serving base station can make the handover decision independently. In addition, steps S401 to S403 may be performed periodically, that is, the serving base station may periodically determine the reflection direction of the RIS through the process of reflection link beam scanning, so that the handover request may include the latest determined reflection direction. Optionally, steps S401 to S403 may also be executed at the same time as or after step S404.
如上所述,根据本公开的实施例,可以通过基站设备之间的例如gNB之间的Xn接口来传递包括为用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息的切换请求。这样一来,目标基站设备可以提前知晓智能表面的信息,从而可以在用户设备切换到目标基站设备之前或同时就可以建立反射链路,使得用户设备的由智能表面提供的服务不被中断。进一步,智能表面的信息可以包括与智能表面的反射方向相关的信息,使得目标基站设备可以直接使用根据切换请求确定的反射方向来配置智能表面,从而节约反射链路建议的时间。此外,电子设备可以通过反射链路波束扫描过程来确定智能表面的反射方向,从而可以更加准确地确定智能表面的反射方 向。总之,在切换的场景中,通过应用本公开的实施例,可以在切换完成之后维持反射链路。As described above, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, the handover request including the information of the smart surface that provides services to the user equipment may be transferred through the Xn interface between base station devices, for example, between gNBs. In this way, the target base station equipment can know the information of the smart surface in advance, so that the reflection link can be established before or at the same time as the user equipment switches to the target base station equipment, so that the service provided by the smart surface of the user equipment is not interrupted. Further, the information of the smart surface may include information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface, so that the target base station device can directly configure the smart surface using the reflection direction determined according to the handover request, thereby saving time for reflection link recommendations. In addition, the electronic device can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface through the reflection link beam scanning process, so that the reflection direction of the smart surface can be determined more accurately. Towards. In summary, in a handover scenario, by applying embodiments of the present disclosure, the reflection link can be maintained after the handover is completed.
<2.2干扰的场景><2.2 Interference Scenario>
图5是示出根据本公开的实施例的干扰的场景的示意图。如图5所示,用户1位于服务基站的服务范围内,用户2位于相邻基站的服务范围内。用户1和用户2均位于服务范围的边缘且距离较近。服务基站向用户1发送下行信号,相邻基站向用户2发送下行信号,相邻基站向用户2发送的下行信号可能被用户1接收到,从而对用户1产生了干扰。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an interference scenario according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 5, user 1 is located within the service range of the serving base station, and user 2 is located within the service range of the adjacent base station. User 1 and User 2 are both located at the edge of the service range and are close to each other. The serving base station sends a downlink signal to user 1, and the adjacent base station sends a downlink signal to user 2. The downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 may be received by user 1, causing interference to user 1.
前文中提到,在协作波束赋形中,为了减小或避免干扰,在图5所示的情况下,可能会调整相邻基站向用户2发送下行信号的波束方向,从而对用户2的通信质量造成一定的影响。As mentioned earlier, in cooperative beamforming, in order to reduce or avoid interference, in the situation shown in Figure 5, the beam direction of the downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 may be adjusted, thus affecting the communication of user 2. Quality will have a certain impact.
根据本公开的实施例,如图2所示,电子设备200还可以包括干扰确定单元260,用于确定电子设备200与用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may further include an interference determination unit 260 for determining that the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is affected by adjacent base station equipment and other adjacent base station equipment services. Interference in transmissions between user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以配置智能表面,以使得电子设备200通过智能表面辅助与用户设备进行数据传输。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 assists in data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,在下行干扰的情况下,干扰确定单元260可以根据用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、用户设备的位置、其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置来确定电子设备200与用户设备之间的下行传输受到相邻基站设备与其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, in the case of downlink interference, the interference determination unit 260 may determine the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment according to the direction of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment. It is determined that the downlink transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment.
这里,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220从相邻基站设备接收其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置。根据本公开的实施例,服务基站的一个或多个相邻基站设备可以将其服务范围内的所有用户设备或者特定的用户设备(例如后面描述的协作用户)的位置和下行接收波束的方向发送至电子设备200。由此,干扰确定单元260可以根据这些用户设备的位置和下行接收波束的方向、以及电子设备200服务范围内的用户设备的位置和下行接收波束的方向来确定是否存在受到干扰的用户设备。反之,电子设备200也可以将其服务范围内的所有用户设备或者特定的用户设备(例如后面描述的协作用户)的位置和下行接收波束的方向发送至相邻基站设备,以用于相邻基站设备确定是否 存在受到干扰的用户设备。Here, the electronic device 200 may receive the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220 . According to embodiments of the present disclosure, one or more adjacent base station devices serving a base station may transmit the locations of all user equipments within its service range or specific user equipments (such as cooperative users described below) and the direction of the downlink reception beam. to electronic device 200. Therefore, the interference determination unit 260 can determine whether there is an interfered user equipment based on the locations and directions of downlink reception beams of these user equipments, as well as the locations and directions of downlink reception beams of user equipments within the service range of the electronic device 200 . Conversely, the electronic device 200 may also send the location and direction of the downlink receiving beam of all user equipment within its service range or specific user equipment (such as a cooperative user described later) to the adjacent base station equipment for use by the adjacent base station. The device determines whether There is user equipment that is being interfered with.
图6是示出在用户1受到干扰的情况下由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图。在图6中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现。如图6所示,在服务基站确定相邻基站向用户2发送的下行信号对用户1产生了干扰的情况下,服务基站可以配置智能表面,从而通过服务基站-智能表面-用户1的反射链路来向用户1发送下行信号。这样一来,无需改变用户2的波束方向,也减小或避免了用户1受到干扰。Figure 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario served by a smart surface when user 1 is disturbed. In FIG. 6 , the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . As shown in Figure 6, when the serving base station determines that the downlink signal sent by the adjacent base station to user 2 causes interference to user 1, the serving base station can configure a smart surface to pass the reflection chain of serving base station-smart surface-user 1 route to send a downlink signal to user 1. In this way, there is no need to change the beam direction of user 2, and interference to user 1 is reduced or avoided.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以根据用户设备的位置和电子设备200服务范围内所有的智能表面的位置来确定为用户设备提供服务的智能表面。例如,电子设备200可以将距离用户设备最近的智能表面确定为为用户设备提供服务的智能表面。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may determine a smart surface that provides services to the user device based on the location of the user device and the locations of all smart surfaces within the service range of the electronic device 200 . For example, the electronic device 200 may determine the smart surface closest to the user device as the smart surface that provides services for the user device.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以配置智能表面执行反射链路波束扫描过程(反射链路下行波束扫描过程)来确定智能表面的反射链路波束方向和用户设备的反射链路波束方向。这个过程与在切换场景中描述的反射链路波束扫描过程类似。也就是说,信息生成单元210可以生成反射链路波束扫描的测量控制信息并且电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送测量控制信息,使得用户设备可以测量由智能表面反射的各个波束的质量,并上报质量最好的波束方向。配置单元230可以配置智能表面以执行反射链路波束扫描过程。也就是说,智能表面可以在配置单元230的配置下通过各个波束来将CSI-RS反射到用户设备。此外,反射方向确定单元240可以根据用户设备上报的波束信息来确定智能表面的反射方向,该波束信息可以反映用户设备测量的质量最好的波束的方向。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process (reflective link downlink beam scanning process) to determine the reflective link beam direction of the smart surface and the reflective link beam direction of the user equipment. This process is similar to the reflected link beam scanning process described in the handover scenario. That is, the information generation unit 210 may generate measurement control information of the reflected link beam scan and the electronic device 200 may send the measurement control information to the user equipment through the communication unit 220 so that the user equipment can measure the quality of each beam reflected by the smart surface. , and report the beam direction with the best quality. The configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process. That is to say, the smart surface can reflect CSI-RS to the user equipment through each beam under the configuration of the configuration unit 230. In addition, the reflection direction determining unit 240 can determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment, and the beam information can reflect the direction of the best quality beam measured by the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面可以是对用户设备透明的智能表面(透明智能表面),即用户设备不知晓智能表面的存在。智能表面也可以是对用户设备不透明的智能表面(非透明智能表面),即用户设备知晓智能表面的存在。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the smart surface may be a smart surface that is transparent to the user device (transparent smart surface), that is, the user device is not aware of the existence of the smart surface. The smart surface can also be a smart surface that is opaque to the user device (non-transparent smart surface), that is, the user device is aware of the existence of the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,在非透明智能表面的情况下,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送该智能表面的标识,例如ID。可选地,电子设备200还可以向用户设备发送该智能表面的位置,从而用户设备可以根据智能表面的位置来确定大概的波束方向以节约波束扫描 的时间。在透明智能表面的情况下,电子设备200可以配置智能表面执行反射链路上行波束扫描过程,从而确定反射链路波束方向(智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向)。这里,电子设备200可以通过例如RRC等高层信令或者DCI等低层信令来承载智能表面的标识或智能表面的位置。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, in the case of a non-transparent smart surface, the electronic device 200 may send the identification of the smart surface, such as an ID, to the user device through the communication unit 220 . Optionally, the electronic device 200 can also send the position of the smart surface to the user device, so that the user device can determine the approximate beam direction according to the position of the smart surface to save beam scanning. time. In the case of a transparent smart surface, the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link uplink beam scanning process, thereby determining the reflective link beam direction (the beam direction of the smart surface and the beam direction of the user equipment). Here, the electronic device 200 may carry the identity of the smart surface or the location of the smart surface through high-level signaling such as RRC or low-level signaling such as DCI.
通过上述过程,电子设备200为用户设备确定了智能表面并且确定了反射链路中的智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向。这个过程可以在每次电子设备200需要为用户设备配置智能表面的情况下执行,也可以在用户设备接入电子设备200之后就执行。在后者的情况下,电子设备200需要为用户设备配置智能表面时,可以直接使用已有的配置结果,从而节约时间。Through the above process, the electronic device 200 determines the smart surface for the user equipment and determines the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment. This process may be performed every time the electronic device 200 needs to configure a smart surface for the user device, or may be performed after the user device is connected to the electronic device 200 . In the latter case, when the electronic device 200 needs to configure a smart surface for the user device, the existing configuration result can be directly used, thereby saving time.
根据本公开的实施例,在干扰确定单元260确定用户设备受到了干扰,并且配置单元230配置智能表面的情况下,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送智能表面的标识(非透明智能表面的情况)或者用户设备的下行接收波束的方向(透明智能表面的情况),以使得用户设备通过智能表面接收下行信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the interference determination unit 260 determines that the user equipment is interfered, and the configuration unit 230 configures the smart surface, the electronic device 200 may send the identification of the smart surface (non-transparent smart surface) to the user equipment through the communication unit 220 (in the case of a transparent smart surface) or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment (in the case of a transparent smart surface), so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
此外,根据本公开的实施例,响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置单元230也可以配置智能表面来进行传输。这里,相邻基站的负载信息反映相邻基站的业务受到的干扰过大。也就是说,如果相邻基站与相邻基站服务范围内的其他用户设备之间的传输受到电子设备200与用户设备之间的传输的干扰的情况下,电子设备200也可以为用户设备配置智能表面以由智能表面为用户设备提供服务。In addition, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, in response to load information received from adjacent base station devices, the configuration unit 230 may also configure the smart surface for transmission. Here, the load information of the adjacent base station reflects that the service of the adjacent base station is subject to excessive interference. That is to say, if the transmission between the adjacent base station and other user equipment within the service range of the adjacent base station is interfered by the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 can also configure intelligence for the user equipment. Surfaces provide services to user devices by smart surfaces.
图7是示出在干扰的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图。在图7中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现。用户1位于服务基站的服务范围内,用户2位于相邻基站的服务范围内。如图7所示,在步骤S701中,相邻基站向服务基站发送用户2的位置和波束方向。在步骤S702中,服务基站确定相邻基站与用户2的传输对服务基站与用户1的传输造成了干扰。在步骤S703中,服务基站为用户1确定智能表面、配置智能表面进行反射链路波束扫描以确定反射链路中的智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向。在步骤S704中,服务基站将为用户1配置的智能表面的ID(非透明智能表面)或者用户1的下行接收波束的方向(透明智能表面)发送至用户1。在步骤S705中,服务基站 向RIS发送智能表面配置信息,以配置RIS使用反射链路中的智能表面的波束方向向用户1发送信息。由此,服务基站可以通过反射链路执行与用户1的数据传输。FIG. 7 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in an interference scenario. In FIG. 7 , the serving base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . User 1 is located within the service range of the serving base station, and user 2 is located within the service range of the adjacent base station. As shown in Figure 7, in step S701, the adjacent base station sends the location and beam direction of user 2 to the serving base station. In step S702, the serving base station determines that the transmission between the adjacent base station and user 2 causes interference to the transmission between the serving base station and user 1. In step S703, the serving base station determines a smart surface for user 1 and configures the smart surface to perform reflection link beam scanning to determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment. In step S704, the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface configured for user 1 (non-transparent smart surface) or the direction of user 1's downlink reception beam (transparent smart surface) to user 1. In step S705, the serving base station Send smart surface configuration information to the RIS to configure the RIS to send information to User 1 using the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link. Thus, the serving base station can perform data transmission with user 1 through the reflective link.
图8是示出根据本公开的实施例的在非透明智能表面的情况下确定反射链路波束方向的信令流程图。也就是说,图8示出了在非透明智能表面的情况下图7中的步骤S703的信令流程。在图8中,基站可以由电子设备200来实现。在步骤S801中,基站为UE确定RIS。在步骤S802中,基站将确定的RIS的ID以及针对特定的RIS的反射链路下行波束扫描过程中的CSI-RS资源配置信息发送至UE。在步骤S803中,基站向RIS发送执行反射链路下行波束扫描过程的配置信息。在步骤S804中,RIS在基站的控制下执行反射链路下行波束扫描过程。在步骤S805中,UE将质量最好的波束上报至基站。由此,基站可以确定反射链路中智能表面的波束方向。8 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a non-transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. That is, FIG. 8 shows the signaling flow of step S703 in FIG. 7 in the case of a non-transparent smart surface. In FIG. 8 , the base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . In step S801, the base station determines the RIS for the UE. In step S802, the base station sends the determined ID of the RIS and the CSI-RS resource configuration information in the reflection link downlink beam scanning process for the specific RIS to the UE. In step S803, the base station sends configuration information for executing the reflection link downlink beam scanning process to the RIS. In step S804, the RIS performs a reflection link downlink beam scanning process under the control of the base station. In step S805, the UE reports the beam with the best quality to the base station. From this, the base station can determine the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflecting link.
图9是示出根据本公开的实施例的在透明智能表面的情况下确定反射链路波束方向的信令流程图。也就是说,图9示出了在透明智能表面的情况下图7中的步骤S703的信令流程。在图9中,基站可以由电子设备200来实现。在步骤S901中,基站为UE确定RIS。在步骤S902中,基站将针对特定的RIS的反射链路下行波束扫描过程中的CSI-RS资源配置信息发送至UE。在步骤S903中,基站向RIS发送执行反射链路下行波束扫描过程的配置信息。在步骤S904中,RIS在基站的控制下执行反射链路下行波束扫描过程。在步骤S905中,UE将质量最好的波束上报至基站。在步骤S906中,基站将反射链路上行波束扫描过程中的SRS资源配置信息发送至UE。在步骤S907中,UE执行反射链路上行波束扫描过程。由此,基站确定了反射链路的波束方向,即反射链路中智能表面的波束方向和反射链路中用户设备的波束方向。Figure 9 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the determination of reflected link beam direction in the case of a transparent smart surface in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. That is, Figure 9 shows the signaling flow of step S703 in Figure 7 in the case of a transparent smart surface. In FIG. 9 , the base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . In step S901, the base station determines the RIS for the UE. In step S902, the base station sends the CSI-RS resource configuration information in the downlink beam scanning process of the reflection link for a specific RIS to the UE. In step S903, the base station sends configuration information for executing the reflection link downlink beam scanning process to the RIS. In step S904, the RIS performs a reflection link downlink beam scanning process under the control of the base station. In step S905, the UE reports the beam with the best quality to the base station. In step S906, the base station sends the SRS resource configuration information during the uplink beam scanning process of the reflection link to the UE. In step S907, the UE performs a reflection link uplink beam scanning process. Thus, the base station determines the beam direction of the reflection link, that is, the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link.
值得注意的是,虽然详细描述了下行干扰的情况下的电子设备200的操作,该操作同样适用于上行干扰。It is worth noting that although the operation of the electronic device 200 in the case of downlink interference is described in detail, the operation is also applicable to uplink interference.
如上所述,根据本公开的实施例,可以通过基站设备之间的Xn接口来传递用户设备的位置和波束方向等信息,以用于判断小区间干扰。在电子设备200与用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰的情况下,电子设备200可以配置智能表面以通过反射链路执行与用户设备之间的传输。这样一来,无需改变相邻基站设 备与其他用户设备之间的波束方向,不会对其他用户设备的通信质量造成影响。也就是说,可以在不影响其他用户设备的通信质量的情况下减小或避免小区间干扰。此外,在已知的标准和技术中,智能表面是为了解决覆盖盲区的技术问题。而在本公开中,智能表面可以减小或避免小区间干扰,从而提高通信质量。As described above, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, information such as the location and beam direction of the user equipment can be transmitted through the Xn interface between base station devices for determining inter-cell interference. In the event that transmissions between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment are interfered by transmissions between neighboring base station equipment and other user equipments, the electronic device 200 may configure the smart surface to perform transmissions to and from the user equipment through reflective links. . In this way, there is no need to change the adjacent base station equipment The beam direction between the device and other user equipment will not affect the communication quality of other user equipment. That is, inter-cell interference can be reduced or avoided without affecting the communication quality of other user equipments. In addition, among known standards and technologies, smart surfaces are designed to solve the technical problem of covering blind areas. In the present disclosure, smart surfaces can reduce or avoid inter-cell interference, thereby improving communication quality.
<2.3联合传输的场景><2.3 Joint transmission scenario>
图10是示出根据本公开的实施例的相邻基站设备过载的场景的示意图。如图10所示,UE位于服务基站的服务范围内,服务基站和相邻基站同时向UE发送服务基站与UE之间的下行数据,或者UE同时向服务基站和相邻基站发送UE与服务基站之间的上行数据,这种技术被称为联合传输。在这种情况下,相邻基站可能会由于负载过大或者干扰过大而无法再为服务基站服务范围内的UE提供联合传输服务。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which adjacent base station equipment is overloaded according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 10, the UE is located within the service range of the serving base station. The serving base station and the adjacent base station send downlink data between the serving base station and the UE to the UE at the same time, or the UE sends the UE and the serving base station to the serving base station and the adjacent base station at the same time. This technology is called joint transmission between uplink data. In this case, the neighboring base station may no longer be able to provide joint transmission services for UEs within the service range of the serving base station due to excessive load or excessive interference.
根据本公开的实施例,如图2所示,电子设备200还可以包括策略确定单元270,用于确定联合传输的传输策略。例如,在相邻基站无法再为用户提供联合传输服务的情况下,策略确定单元270可以确定由智能表面来为用户提供联合传输服务。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may further include a policy determining unit 270 for determining a transmission policy for joint transmission. For example, in the case that the neighboring base station can no longer provide the joint transmission service for the user, the policy determination unit 270 may determine that the smart surface provides the joint transmission service for the user.
在这种情况下,配置单元230可以配置智能表面,以使得分别通过智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据。In this case, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 and the user are transmitted through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device, respectively. data between devices.
如上所述,根据本公开的实施例,在相邻基站设备无法为用户设备提供联合传输服务的情况下,可以由智能表面来为用户设备提供联合传输服务。这样一来,可以减少相邻基站设备的负担,减小基站设备之间的Xn接口的信令传输。As described above, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, when neighboring base station equipment cannot provide joint transmission services for user equipment, the smart surface can provide joint transmission services for user equipment. In this way, the burden on adjacent base station equipment can be reduced, and the signaling transmission of the Xn interface between base station equipment can be reduced.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220从相邻基站设备接收负载信息,该负载信息反映相邻基站的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。也就是说,在相邻基站的业务受到的干扰过大、以及/或者相邻基站的业务量过载的情况下,相邻基站可以向电子设备200发送负载信息。这样一来,策略确定单元270可以为由该相邻基站设备提供联合传输服务的用户设备配置智能表面从而通过反射链路执行传输。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may receive load information from a neighboring base station device through the communication unit 220, where the load information reflects excessive interference and/or traffic overload to the service of the neighboring base station. That is to say, when the adjacent base station's business is subject to excessive interference and/or the adjacent base station's traffic is overloaded, the adjacent base station may send load information to the electronic device 200 . In this way, the policy determining unit 270 may configure a smart surface for the user equipment provided with a joint transmission service by the neighboring base station equipment to perform transmission through the reflective link.
根据本公开的实施例,由该相邻基站设备提供联合传输服务的用户 设备可能有一个或多个。策略确定单元270可以为所有这些用户设备都配置智能表面,也可以根据电子设备200与每个用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否为该用户设备配置智能表面。也就是说,策略确定单元270可以为由该相邻基站设备提供联合传输服务的用户设备中的全部或者部分配置智能表面,而剩下的用户设备仍然由相邻基站设备提供联合传输服务。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, users of joint transmission services provided by the adjacent base station equipment There may be one or more devices. The policy determination unit 270 may configure a smart surface for all these user devices, or may determine whether to configure a smart surface for the user device based on data transmission requirements between the electronic device 200 and each user device. That is to say, the policy determining unit 270 may configure smart surfaces for all or part of the user equipments for which the neighboring base station equipment provides joint transmission services, while the remaining user equipments are still provided with joint transmission services by the neighboring base station equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,在电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据对速率要求高的情况下,以及/或者电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据量大的情况下,策略确定单元270可以确定为该用户设备配置智能表面。例如,在用户设备处于游戏、XR、直播、观看高清视频等场景下,对上行传输和/或下行传输的速率要求非常高,数据量大。在这种情况下,可以为对应的用户设备配置智能表面。根据本公开的实施例,策略确定单元270可以根据用户设备的缓存状态和QoS来确定数据传输要求。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment has high speed requirements, and/or when the amount of data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is large, the policy determination unit 270 may Confirm that the smart surface is configured for this user device. For example, when the user device is in scenarios such as gaming, XR, live broadcast, watching high-definition videos, etc., the rate requirements for uplink transmission and/or downlink transmission are very high, and the amount of data is large. In this case, the smart surface can be configured for the corresponding user device. According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determination unit 270 may determine the data transmission requirement according to the cache status and QoS of the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,可以用在干扰的场景中描述的实施例来为用户设备配置智能表面以及确定反射链路中的用户设备的波束方向和智能表面的波束方向,本公开在此不再赘述。此外,在策略确定单元270确定由智能表面为用户设备提供服务之后,电子设备200可以向用户设备发送以下至少之一:智能表面的标识(非透明智能表面)、用户设备的反射链路波束方向(智能表面)。According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, the embodiments described in the interference scenario can be used to configure a smart surface for the user equipment and determine the beam direction of the user equipment in the reflection link and the beam direction of the smart surface, and the present disclosure will no longer be used here. Repeat. In addition, after the policy determination unit 270 determines that the smart surface provides services to the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may send at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface (non-transparent smart surface), a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment (Smart Surface).
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路可以分别用于传输不同的数据流。这里,反射链路和直达链路可以各自传输一个数据流,也可以传输多个数据流,反射链路和直达链路传输的数据流之间可以没有交叠。例如在用户设备处于XR场景的情况下,上行传输和下行传输都涉及多个数据流。以AR场景为例,下行传输可以包含两流数据,一流为I帧数据流,一流为P帧数据流。AR场景的上行传输可以有四种模型,分别为:模型1:一个流模型(Model 1:one stream model);模型2:两个流模型(Model 2:Two streams model);模型3A:三个流模型A(Model 3A:Three streams model A);模型3B:三个流模型B(Model 3B:Three streams model B)。在这种情况下,针对下行传输,电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输I帧数据流,反射链路传输P帧数据流,或者电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输P帧数据流,反射链路传输I帧数据流。针对 上行传输模型3A,电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输三个流中的一个数据流,反射链路传输其余的两个数据流。进一步,电子设备200可以根据各个数据流的QoS要求以及反射链路和直达链路的链路质量来确定用哪个链路传输哪个流,以使得QoS要求与链路质量相匹配,即链路质量好的链路用于传输QoS要求高的数据流。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may be used to transmit different data streams respectively. Here, the reflective link and the direct link can each transmit one data stream or multiple data streams. There may be no overlap between the data streams transmitted by the reflective link and the direct link. For example, when the user equipment is in an XR scenario, both uplink and downlink transmission involve multiple data streams. Taking the AR scene as an example, the downlink transmission can include two streams of data, one is the I frame data stream, and the other is the P frame data stream. There are four models for uplink transmission in AR scenarios, namely: Model 1: one stream model; Model 2: Two streams model; Model 3A: three Stream model A (Model 3A: Three streams model A); Model 3B: Three streams model B (Model 3B: Three streams model B). In this case, for downlink transmission, the electronic device 200 can configure the direct link to transmit the I frame data stream and the reflective link to transmit the P frame data stream, or the electronic device 200 can configure the direct link to transmit the P frame data stream and the reflective link to transmit the P frame data stream. channel to transmit I frame data stream. against In uplink transmission model 3A, the electronic device 200 can be configured to transmit one data stream among the three streams through a direct link, and to transmit the remaining two data streams through a reflective link. Further, the electronic device 200 can determine which link is used to transmit which flow according to the QoS requirements of each data flow and the link quality of the reflection link and the direct link, so that the QoS requirements match the link quality, that is, the link quality Good links are used to transmit data flows with high QoS requirements.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路也可以用于传输相同的数据流。这里,直达链路和反射链路可以传输相同的一个数据流,也可以传输相同的多个数据流。例如,针对下行传输,电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输I帧数据流和P帧数据流,反射链路也传输I帧数据流和P帧数据流。针对上行传输模型1,直达链路和反射链路都可以传输这一个数据流。这样一来,可以使得所有的数据流都具有空分增益。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, reflective links between the smart surface and the user equipment, and direct links between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may also be used to transmit the same data stream. Here, the direct link and the reflective link can transmit the same data stream, or can transmit the same multiple data streams. For example, for downlink transmission, the electronic device 200 may configure a direct link to transmit an I frame data stream and a P frame data stream, and a reflective link to also transmit an I frame data stream and a P frame data stream. For uplink transmission model 1, both direct links and reflective links can transmit this data flow. In this way, all data streams can have spatial division gain.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路传输的数据流、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路传输的数据流之间可以部分交叠。例如,电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输所有的数据流,反射链路传输所有的数据流中较为重要的那个或那些数据流。例如,针对上行传输模型3A,电子设备200可以配置直达链路传输三个流,反射链路传输三个数据流中较为重要的两个数据流。这样一来,较为重要的数据流可以获得空分增益,同时可以提高资源利用率。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the data flow transmitted by the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, and the data flow transmitted by the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may partially overlap. For example, the electronic device 200 may be configured with a direct link to transmit all data flows, and a reflective link to transmit the more important one or those data flows among all the data flows. For example, for the uplink transmission model 3A, the electronic device 200 can be configured to transmit three streams through the direct link and transmit the two more important data streams among the three data streams through the reflection link. In this way, more important data streams can obtain space division gains and at the same time improve resource utilization.
如上所述,直达链路和反射链路都可以传输一个或者多个流,直达链路传输的流与反射链路传输的流之间可以完全交叠、部分交叠或者不交叠。As mentioned above, both the direct link and the reflective link can transmit one or more streams, and the streams transmitted by the direct link and the streams transmitted by the reflective link can completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap.
图11是示出在相邻基站设备过载的情况下UE由智能表面来服务的场景的示意图。在图11中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现。如图11所示,在相邻基站设备过载的情况下,由智能表面为UE提供联合传输服务。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which a UE is served by a smart surface in a case where neighboring base station equipment is overloaded. In FIG. 11 , the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . As shown in Figure 11, when adjacent base station equipment is overloaded, the smart surface provides joint transmission services for the UE.
图12是示出在下行链路中、在相邻基站设备过载的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图,并且图13是示出在上行链路中、在相邻基站设备过载的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图。在图12和图13中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现,UE原由服务基站和相邻基站提供联合传输服务。 FIG. 12 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded in the downlink, and FIG. 13 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating the application of an embodiment in the uplink in a scenario where adjacent base station equipment is overloaded. The signaling flow chart in the case where the neighboring base station equipment is overloaded is applied according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. In Figures 12 and 13, the serving base station can be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is originally provided with joint transmission services by the serving base station and neighboring base stations.
如图12所示,在步骤S1201中,相邻基站确定下行过载,例如负载太大或者干扰太大。在步骤S1202中,相邻基站向服务基站发送负载信息,表示相邻基站无法再为提供联合传输服务。在步骤S1203中,服务基站确定需要变为通过反射链路进行传输的UE。在步骤S1204中,针对在步骤S1203中确定的UE,服务基站确定RIS、配置RIS进行反射链路波束扫描过程以确定反射链路波束方向。可以采用与图7中的步骤S703类似的方式来实现步骤S1204。在步骤S1205中,服务基站向智能表面发送配置信息,以控制智能表面为UE提供联合传输服务。在步骤S1206中,服务基站向UE发送智能表面的ID或者UE的下行接收波束的方向。由此,UE从由服务基站与UE之间的直达链路和相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路服务,变为由服务基站与UE之间的直达链路和服务基站-智能表面-UE的反射链路服务。As shown in Figure 12, in step S1201, the neighboring base station determines that the downlink is overloaded, for example, the load is too large or the interference is too large. In step S1202, the neighboring base station sends load information to the serving base station, indicating that the neighboring base station can no longer provide joint transmission services. In step S1203, the serving base station determines that it needs to become a UE that transmits through the reflection link. In step S1204, for the UE determined in step S1203, the serving base station determines the RIS and configures the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process to determine the reflection link beam direction. Step S1204 may be implemented in a manner similar to step S703 in FIG. 7 . In step S1205, the serving base station sends configuration information to the smart surface to control the smart surface to provide joint transmission services for the UE. In step S1206, the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the UE to the UE. As a result, the UE changes from being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE to being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the serving base station - smart surface - Reflection link service for UE.
如图13所示,在步骤S1301中,相邻基站确定上行过载,例如负载太大或者干扰太大。在步骤S1302中,相邻基站向服务基站发送负载信息,表示相邻基站无法再为提供联合传输服务。在步骤S1303中,服务基站确定需要变为通过反射链路进行传输的UE。在步骤S1304中,针对在步骤S1303中确定的UE,服务基站确定RIS、配置RIS进行反射链路波束扫描过程以确定反射链路波束方向。可以采用与图7中的步骤S703类似的方式来实现步骤S1304。在步骤S1305中,服务基站向智能表面发送配置信息,以控制智能表面为UE提供联合传输服务。在步骤S1306中,服务基站向UE发送智能表面的ID或者UE的下行接收波束的方向以及反射链路的TA(Time Advance,时间提前量)。由此,UE从由服务基站与UE之间的直达链路和相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路服务,变为由服务基站与UE之间的直达链路和服务基站-智能表面-UE的反射链路服务。As shown in Figure 13, in step S1301, the neighboring base station determines that the uplink is overloaded, for example, the load is too large or the interference is too large. In step S1302, the neighboring base station sends load information to the serving base station, indicating that the neighboring base station can no longer provide joint transmission services. In step S1303, the serving base station determines that it needs to become a UE that transmits through the reflection link. In step S1304, for the UE determined in step S1303, the serving base station determines the RIS and configures the RIS to perform a reflection link beam scanning process to determine the reflection link beam direction. Step S1304 may be implemented in a manner similar to step S703 in FIG. 7 . In step S1305, the serving base station sends configuration information to the smart surface to control the smart surface to provide joint transmission services for the UE. In step S1306, the serving base station sends the ID of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the UE and the TA (Time Advance) of the reflection link to the UE. As a result, the UE changes from being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE to being served by the direct link between the serving base station and the UE and the serving base station - smart surface - Reflection link service for UE.
如上所述,根据本公开的实施例,可以通过基站设备之间的Xn接口来传递负载信息。也就是说,在相邻基站设备无法为用户设备提供联合传输服务的情况下,可以由智能表面来为用户设备提供联合传输服务。这样一来,可以减少相邻基站设备的负担,减小基站设备之间的Xn接口的信令传输。此外,电子设备200可以根据数据传输要求来确定哪些用户设备需要改变为由反射链路提供联合传输服务。进一步,电子设备200还可以配置反射链路和直达链路上传输的数据流,从而实现空分增益。 As described above, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, load information may be transferred through the Xn interface between base station devices. That is to say, when adjacent base station equipment cannot provide joint transmission services for user equipment, the smart surface can provide joint transmission services for user equipment. In this way, the burden on adjacent base station equipment can be reduced, and the signaling transmission of the Xn interface between base station equipment can be reduced. In addition, the electronic device 200 may determine which user equipments need to be changed to provide joint transmission services by reflective links based on data transmission requirements. Furthermore, the electronic device 200 can also configure the data stream transmitted on the reflective link and the direct link to achieve spatial division gain.
图14是示出根据本公开的实施例的在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下需要相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图。如图14所示,服务基站通过与UE之间的直达链路和反射链路执行与UE之间的数据传输。在这个场景下,服务基站可能会发现由直达链路和反射链路执行数据传输仍然不能满足数据传输要求。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario in which joint transmission by neighboring base stations is required when a UE is served by a serving base station and a smart surface according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 14, the serving base station performs data transmission with the UE through direct links and reflection links with the UE. In this scenario, the serving base station may find that data transmission performed by the direct link and the reflection link still cannot meet the data transmission requirements.
根据本公开的实施例,策略确定单元270可以确定需要请求相邻基站设备来联合传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据。例如,策略确定单元270可以确定需要请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路来联合传输,也可以确定需要请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来联合传输。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determination unit 270 may determine that a neighboring base station device needs to be requested to jointly transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment. For example, the policy determination unit 270 may determine that the adjacent base station equipment needs to be requested to perform joint transmission through a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, or may determine that the adjacent base station equipment needs to be requested to perform joint transmission through the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. Direct links between adjacent base station devices and reflective links between smart surfaces to jointly transmit.
根据本公开的实施例,信息生成单元210可以生成请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据。进一步,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向相邻基站设备发送该请求信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the information generation unit 210 may generate request information to request the adjacent base station device to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. Further, the electronic device 200 can send the request information to the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220.
这里,电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据可以包括上行数据,也可以包括下行数据。也就是说,在电子设备200利用直达链路和反射链路传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的下行数据的情况下,电子设备200可以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路联合传输该下行数据。在用户设备利用直达链路和反射链路传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的上行数据的情况下,电子设备200可以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路联合传输该上行数据。Here, the data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment may include uplink data or downlink data. That is to say, in the case where the electronic device 200 uses a direct link and a reflection link to transmit downlink data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 can request the adjacent base station equipment to pass between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. The downlink data is jointly transmitted through the direct link between the two. In the case where the user equipment utilizes a direct link and a reflective link to transmit uplink data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may request the adjacent base station device to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. Jointly transmit the uplink data.
根据本公开的实施例,信息生成单元210可以生成链路增加通知,该链路增加通知用于通知用户设备与电子设备200之间的数据是分别通过电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。进一步,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送该链路增加通知。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the information generation unit 210 may generate a link addition notification, which is used to notify the user device that the data between the electronic device 200 and the electronic device 200 is through a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device respectively. It is transmitted through direct links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment, and reflective links between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface. Further, the electronic device 200 may send the link addition notification to the user device through the communication unit 220 .
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表 面之间的反射链路可以分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路可以用于传输相同的多个数据流。也就是说,与前文描述直达链路与反射链路传输的数据流的情况类似,电子设备200可以对要传输的数据流进行配置,以使得电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路传输的数据流、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输的数据流、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路传输的数据流可以完全相同、部分交叠或者不交叠。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the smart watch The reflective links between planes can be used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment. Reflective links between smart surfaces can be used to transmit the same multiple data streams. That is to say, similar to the situation of the data flow transmitted by the direct link and the reflective link described above, the electronic device 200 can configure the data flow to be transmitted, so that the direct link transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment The data flow, the data flow transmitted by the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the data flow transmitted by the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface may be identical, partially overlapping or non-overlapping. .
根据本公开的实施例,信息生成单元210生成的请求信息也可以用于请求相邻基站设备分别通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据。进一步,链路增加通知也可以用于通知用户设备与电子设备200之间的数据是分别通过电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the request information generated by the information generation unit 210 can also be used to request adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface. A reflective link is used to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user device. Furthermore, the link addition notification can also be used to notify that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 is through the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, or the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. , the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface.
这里,电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据可以包括下行数据。也就是说,在电子设备200利用直达链路和反射链路传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的下行数据的情况下,电子设备200可以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路联合传输该下行数据。Here, the data between the electronic device 200 and the user device may include downlink data. That is to say, in the case where the electronic device 200 uses a direct link and a reflection link to transmit downlink data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may request the adjacent base station equipment to pass between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. The downlink data is jointly transmitted through direct links between adjacent base station devices and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and smart surfaces.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路可以分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路可以用于传输相同的多个数据流。也就是说,与前文描述直达链路与反射链路传输的数据流的情况类似,电子设备200可以对要传输的数据流进行配置,以使得电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路传输的数据流、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输的数据流、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路传输的数据流、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间 的反射链路传输的数据流可以完全相同、部分交叠或者不交叠。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the adjacent The reflective link between the base station equipment and the smart surface can be used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment. Reflective links between device 200 and the smart surface, and reflective links between adjacent base station devices and the smart surface, may be used to transmit the same multiple data streams. That is to say, similar to the situation of the data flow transmitted by the direct link and the reflective link described above, the electronic device 200 can configure the data flow to be transmitted, so that the direct link transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment The data flow, the data flow transmitted by the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the data flow transmitted by the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the data flow between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface The data streams transmitted by the reflective links can be identical, partially overlapping, or non-overlapping.
根据本公开的实施例,策略确定单元270可以根据智能表面的位置来确定是否请求相邻基站设备联合传输。例如,在智能表面距离相邻基站设备很近(例如,智能表面与相邻基站设备之间的距离小于预定阈值,或者智能表面与相邻基站设备的覆盖范围的边界之间的最小距离小于预定阈值)的情况下,策略确定单元270可以确定请求相邻基站设备联合传输。特别地,在智能表面位于电子设备200的服务范围与相邻基站设备的服务范围的交界处,即智能表面由电子设备200和相邻基站设备共享的情况下,策略确定单元270可以确定请求相邻基站设备联合传输。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determination unit 270 may determine whether to request joint transmission of neighboring base station devices according to the location of the smart surface. For example, when the smart surface is very close to the adjacent base station device (for example, the distance between the smart surface and the adjacent base station device is less than a predetermined threshold, or the minimum distance between the smart surface and the boundary of the coverage range of the adjacent base station device is less than a predetermined threshold), the policy determination unit 270 may determine to request neighboring base station devices to jointly transmit. In particular, in the case where the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the electronic device 200 and the service range of the adjacent base station device, that is, the smart surface is shared by the electronic device 200 and the adjacent base station device, the policy determination unit 270 may determine the request phase. Neighboring base station equipment jointly transmits.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备200可以与相邻基站设备协商对智能表面的控制权。在电子设备200获得控制权的情况下,由配置单元230对智能表面进行配置。在相邻基站设备获得控制权的情况下,由相邻基站设备对智能表面进行配置。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the electronic device 200 may negotiate control rights over the smart surface with neighboring base station devices. When the electronic device 200 obtains control rights, the smart surface is configured by the configuration unit 230 . When the adjacent base station device obtains control rights, the adjacent base station device configures the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,在电子设备200获得控制权、请求相邻基站设备分别通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据的情况下,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220从相邻基站设备接收在相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向。进一步,配置单元230可以根据在相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向、以及在电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向来配置智能表面,以使得智能表面能够反射来自电子设备200的数据以及来自相邻基站设备的数据。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, after the electronic device 200 obtains control rights, it requests the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface. In the case of transmitting data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may receive the beam of the smart surface in the reflection link between the neighboring base station device and the smart surface from the neighboring base station device through the communication unit 220 direction. Further, the configuration unit 230 may determine the beam direction of the smart surface according to the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface, and the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface. The smart surface is configured such that the smart surface reflects data from the electronic device 200 as well as data from adjacent base station devices.
根据本公开的实施例,在相邻基站设备获得控制权的情况下,电子设备200可以通过通信单元220将在电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向发送至相邻基站设备,以用于相邻基站设备利用该信息配置智能表面,使得智能表面能够反射来自电子设备200的数据,或者用于相邻基站设备根据在相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向、以及在电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路中该智能表面的波束方向来配置智能表面,以使得智能表面能够反射来自电子设备200的数据以及来自相邻基站设备的数据。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, in the case where the adjacent base station device obtains control rights, the electronic device 200 may transmit the beam direction of the smart surface in the reflection link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface to The adjacent base station device uses the information to configure the smart surface so that the smart surface can reflect data from the electronic device 200, or the adjacent base station device uses the information to configure the smart surface according to the distance between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface. The smart surface is configured with a beam direction of the smart surface in the reflective link and a beam direction of the smart surface in the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface such that the smart surface is capable of reflecting data from the electronic device 200 and Data from adjacent base station equipment.
图15是示出在下行链路中、在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务 的情况下相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图。在图15中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现。如图15所示,在下行传输中,服务基站通过直达链路①和反射链路②向UE发送数据。这里,智能表面位于服务基站的服务范围与相邻基站的服务范围的交界处。服务基站可以请求相邻基站通过直达链路③联合传输,或者可以请求相邻基站通过直达链路③和反射链路④联合传输。Figure 15 is a diagram illustrating that in the downlink, the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface. Schematic diagram of the scenario where adjacent base stations perform joint transmission. In FIG. 15 , the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . As shown in Figure 15, in downlink transmission, the serving base station sends data to the UE through the direct link ① and the reflection link ②. Here, the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station. The serving base station can request the adjacent base station to jointly transmit through the direct link ③, or it can request the adjacent base station to jointly transmit through the direct link ③ and the reflection link ④.
图16是示出在上行链路中、在UE由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下相邻基站进行联合传输的场景的示意图。在图16中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现。如图16所示,在上行传输中,UE通过直达链路①和反射链路②向服务基站发送数据。这里,智能表面位于服务基站的服务范围与相邻基站的服务范围的交界处。服务基站可以请求相邻基站通过直达链路③联合传输。Figure 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating a scenario of joint transmission by neighboring base stations in the uplink when the UE is served by the serving base station and the smart surface. In FIG. 16 , the service base station may be implemented by an electronic device 200 . As shown in Figure 16, in uplink transmission, the UE sends data to the serving base station through the direct link ① and the reflection link ②. Here, the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station. The serving base station can request neighboring base stations to jointly transmit through the direct link ③.
图17是示出在下行链路中、在联合传输的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图。在图17中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现,UE由服务基站和RIS提供服务。如图17所示,在步骤S1701中,相邻基站和服务基站协商对为UE服务的RIS的控制权。第一种情况:在服务基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1702中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路进行联合传输。在步骤S1703中,服务基站向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS反射来自服务基站的数据。在步骤S1704中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、以及服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路传输的。第二种情况:在服务基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1705中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路和反射链路进行联合传输。在步骤S1706中,相邻基站将RIS在相邻基站与RIS之间的反射链路中的波束方向发送至服务基站。在步骤S1707中,服务基站根据RIS在相邻基站与RIS之间的反射链路中的波束方向、以及RIS在服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路中的波束方向确定RIS的配置,并向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS反射来自服务基站和相邻基站的数据。在步骤S1708中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站与RIS之间的反射链路 传输的。第三种情况:在相邻基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1709中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路进行联合传输。在步骤S1710中,服务基站将RIS在服务基站-RIS-UE的反射链路中的波束方向发送至相邻基站。在步骤S1711中,相邻基站向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS反射来自服务基站的数据。在步骤S1712中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、以及服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路传输的。第四种情况:在相邻基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1713中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路和反射链路进行联合传输。在步骤S1714中,服务基站将RIS在服务基站-RIS-UE的反射链路中的波束方向发送至相邻基站。在步骤S1715中,相邻基站根据RIS在相邻基站-RIS-UE的反射链路中的波束方向、以及RIS在服务基站-RIS-UE的反射链路中的波束方向确定RIS的配置,并向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS反射来自服务基站和相邻基站的数据。在步骤S1716中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站与RIS之间的反射链路传输的。FIG. 17 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in a joint transmission scenario in downlink. In Figure 17, the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is served by the serving base station and the RIS. As shown in Figure 17, in step S1701, the neighboring base station and the serving base station negotiate the control rights over the RIS serving the UE. First case: When the serving base station obtains control, in step S1702, the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link. In step S1703, the serving base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the serving base station. In step S1704, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links. Second case: When the serving base station obtains control, in step S1705, the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link. In step S1706, the adjacent base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS to the serving base station. In step S1707, the serving base station determines the configuration of the RIS based on the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS, and the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link between the serving base station and the RIS, and sends the configuration to the RIS. The RIS sends configuration information so that the RIS reflects data from the serving base station and neighboring base stations. In step S1708, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, or the serving base station and the RIS. reflection links, and reflection links between adjacent base stations and RIS Transmission. Third situation: When the neighboring base station obtains control, in step S1709, the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link. In step S1710, the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station. In step S1711, the neighboring base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the serving base station. In step S1712, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links. Fourth situation: When the neighboring base station obtains control, in step S1713, the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link. In step S1714, the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station. In step S1715, the neighboring base station determines the configuration of the RIS based on the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the neighboring base station-RIS-UE and the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE, and Configuration information is sent to the RIS to cause the RIS to reflect data from the serving base station and neighboring base stations. In step S1716, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, or the serving base station and the RIS. The reflection link between the adjacent base station and the RIS is transmitted.
图18是示出在上行链路中、在联合传输的场景中应用根据本公开的实施例的情况下的信令流程图。在图18中,服务基站可以由电子设备200来实现,UE由服务基站和RIS提供服务。如图18所示,在步骤S1801中,相邻基站和服务基站协商对为UE服务的RIS的控制权。第一种情况:在服务基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1802中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路进行联合传输。在步骤S1803中,服务基站向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS向服务基站反射来自UE的数据。在步骤S1804中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、以及服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路传输的。在步骤S1805中,服务基站向相邻基站发送监听通知,以使得相邻基站在接收到来自UE的上行数据后转发至服务基站以进行联合检测。第二种情况:在相邻基站获得控制权的情况下,在步骤S1806中,服务基站向相邻基站发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站通过直达链路进行联合传输。 在步骤S1807中,服务基站将RIS在服务基站-RIS-UE的反射链路中的波束方向发送至相邻基站。在步骤S1808中,相邻基站向RIS发送配置信息,以使得RIS向服务基站反射来自UE的数据。在步骤S1809中,服务基站向UE发送链路增加通知,以通知UE数据是通过服务基站与UE之间的直达链路、相邻基站与UE之间的直达链路、以及服务基站与RIS之间的反射链路传输的。在步骤S1810中,服务基站向相邻基站发送监听通知,以使得相邻基站在接收到来自UE的上行数据后转发至服务基站以进行联合检测。FIG. 18 is a signaling flow diagram illustrating a case where an embodiment according to the present disclosure is applied in the uplink in a joint transmission scenario. In Figure 18, the serving base station may be implemented by the electronic device 200, and the UE is served by the serving base station and the RIS. As shown in Figure 18, in step S1801, the neighboring base station and the serving base station negotiate the control rights over the RIS serving the UE. First case: When the serving base station obtains control, in step S1802, the serving base station sends request information to the adjacent base station to request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link. In step S1803, the serving base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the UE to the serving base station. In step S1804, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links. In step S1805, the serving base station sends a monitoring notification to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station forwards the uplink data from the UE to the serving base station for joint detection. Second case: When the neighboring base station obtains control, in step S1806, the serving base station sends request information to the neighboring base station to request the neighboring base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link. In step S1807, the serving base station sends the beam direction of the RIS in the reflection link of the serving base station-RIS-UE to the adjacent base station. In step S1808, the neighboring base station sends configuration information to the RIS, so that the RIS reflects the data from the UE to the serving base station. In step S1809, the serving base station sends a link addition notification to the UE to inform the UE that the data passes through the direct link between the serving base station and the UE, the direct link between the adjacent base station and the UE, and the direct link between the serving base station and the RIS. transmitted through reflective links. In step S1810, the serving base station sends a monitoring notification to the neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station forwards the uplink data from the UE to the serving base station for joint detection.
如上所述,根据本公开的实施例,可以通过基站设备之间的Xn接口来传递联合传输的请求。也就是说,在用户设备已经由服务基站和智能表面提供服务的情况下,如果仍然不能满足数据传输要求,则服务基站可以请求相邻基站进行联合传输,由此增加传输的路径,提高信息传输的分集增益和安全性。进一步,服务基站可以请求相邻基站通过直达链路进行联合传输,也可以请求相邻基站通过直达链路和反射链路进行联合传输。此外,在智能表面位于服务基站的服务范围和相邻基站的服务范围的交界处的情况下,服务基站和相邻基站可以协商控制权。As described above, according to embodiments of the present disclosure, the request for joint transmission may be transmitted through the Xn interface between base station devices. That is to say, when the user equipment is already served by the serving base station and the smart surface, if the data transmission requirements are still unable to be met, the serving base station can request the adjacent base station for joint transmission, thereby increasing the transmission path and improving information transmission. diversity gain and security. Further, the serving base station can request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link, or it can also request the adjacent base station to perform joint transmission through the direct link and the reflection link. Furthermore, in the case where the smart surface is located at the junction of the service range of the serving base station and the service range of the adjacent base station, the serving base station and the adjacent base station can negotiate control rights.
<2.4预处理操作><2.4 Preprocessing operations>
根据本公开的实施例,在前文中描述的用户设备可以是电子设备200服务范围内的任意一个用户设备。也就是说,在电子设备200服务范围内的任意用户设备处于切换的场景中时,可以根据第2.1部分描述的实施例进行操作;在电子设备200服务范围内的任意用户设备处于干扰的场景中时,可以根据第2.2部分描述的实施例进行操作;在电子设备200服务范围内的任意用户设备处于联合传输的场景中时,可以根据第2.3部分描述的实施例进行操作。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the user equipment described above may be any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 . That is to say, when any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in a switching scenario, the operation can be performed according to the embodiment described in Section 2.1; when any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in an interference scenario When any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 is in a joint transmission scenario, the operation may be performed according to the embodiment described in Section 2.3.
根据本公开的实施例,在前文中描述的用户设备也可以是电子设备200服务范围内的特定用户设备。例如,用户设备可以为电子设备200服务范围内的协作用户,协作用户位于电子设备200服务范围的边缘。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the user equipment described in the foregoing may also be a specific user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200. For example, the user equipment may be a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device 200 , and the cooperating user is located at the edge of the service range of the electronic device 200 .
如图2所示,电子设备200还可以包括多点协作配置单元280,用于确定协作用户。例如,多点协作配置单元280可以根据电子设备200服务范围内的用户设备的位置来确定协作用户。再如,用户设备可以测量用户设备与电子设备200之间的信道质量以及用户设备与多个相邻基站 设备之间的信道质量,并将测量结果发送至电子设备200,多点协作配置单元280根据用户设备上报的测量结果来确定协作用户。具体地,在用户设备与电子设备200之间的信道质量和用户设备与相邻基站设备之间的信道质量的差值小于预定阈值的情况下,多点协作配置单元280可以确定该用户设备为协作用户。这里,信道质量可以用RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving Power,参考信号接收功率)等参数来表示。As shown in FIG. 2 , the electronic device 200 may further include a multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 for determining collaborative users. For example, the multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 may determine the collaboration user according to the location of the user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 . For another example, the user equipment can measure the channel quality between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 and the channel quality between the user equipment and multiple adjacent base stations. The channel quality between the devices is measured and the measurement results are sent to the electronic device 200. The multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 determines the cooperating user according to the measurement results reported by the user equipment. Specifically, in the case where the difference between the channel quality between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 and the channel quality between the user equipment and the adjacent base station equipment is less than a predetermined threshold, the coordinated multi-point configuration unit 280 may determine that the user equipment is Collaborating users. Here, channel quality can be represented by parameters such as RSRP (Reference Signal Receiving Power).
根据本公开的实施例,多点协作配置单元280还可以为用户设备确定协作基站设备。在前文中描述的用户设备是电子设备200服务范围内的任意一个用户设备的情况下,多点协作配置单元280可以为电子设备200服务范围内的每个用户设备确定协作基站设备。在前文中描述的用户设备是电子设备200服务范围内的协作用户的情况下,多点协作配置单元280可以为每个协作用户确定协作基站设备。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may also determine a cooperative base station device for the user equipment. In the case where the user equipment described above is any user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine a cooperative base station device for each user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200. In the case where the user equipment described above is a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device 200, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine the cooperating base station device for each cooperating user.
根据本公开的实施例,在联合传输的场景中,协作基站设备可以是为用户设备提供联合传输服务的相邻基站设备。也就是说,在协作基站设备无法再为用户设备提供联合传输服务的情况下,电子设备200可以确定由智能表面来为用户设备提供联合传输服务。进一步,在电子设备200通过与UE之间的直达链路和反射链路执行与UE之间的数据传输、并且仍然不能满足数据传输要求的情况下,电子设备200可以请求协作基站设备为用户设备提供联合传输服务。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, in a joint transmission scenario, the cooperating base station equipment may be a neighboring base station equipment that provides joint transmission services for user equipment. That is to say, in the case that the cooperating base station device can no longer provide the joint transmission service for the user equipment, the electronic device 200 may determine that the smart surface provides the joint transmission service for the user equipment. Further, in the case where the electronic device 200 performs data transmission with the UE through the direct link and the reflection link with the UE and still cannot meet the data transmission requirements, the electronic device 200 may request the cooperative base station device to be the user equipment. Provides joint transmission services.
根据本公开的实施例,协作基站设备可以是特定于电子设备200的相邻基站设备。例如,电子设备200服务范围内的所有用户设备都具有相同的协作基站设备。可选地,协作基站设备也可以是特定于用户设备的相邻基站设备。例如,多点协作配置单元280可以针对每个用户设备来确定该用户设备的协作基站设备。进一步,协作基站设备可以是一个,也可以是多个。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the cooperating base station device may be a neighboring base station device specific to the electronic device 200 . For example, all user equipments within the service range of the electronic device 200 have the same cooperating base station equipment. Optionally, the cooperative base station equipment may also be a neighboring base station equipment specific to the user equipment. For example, the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine, for each user equipment, the cooperative base station device of the user equipment. Furthermore, the cooperative base station device may be one or multiple.
根据本公开的实施例,多点协作配置单元280可以根据每个用户设备(或每个协作用户)与多个相邻基站设备之间的信道质量来确定为该用户设备(或该协作用户)提供服务的协作基站设备。例如,多点协作配置单元280可以将多个相邻基站设备中信道质量最好的相邻基站设备确定为该用户设备的协作基站设备。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine each user equipment (or each cooperative user) according to the channel quality between the user equipment (or each cooperative user) and a plurality of adjacent base station devices. Collaborating base station equipment that provides services. For example, the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may determine the neighboring base station device with the best channel quality among multiple neighboring base station devices as the cooperative base station device for the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,多点协作配置单元280还可以预先为每个用 户设备(或每个协作用户)确定为该用户设备(或该协作用户)提供服务的智能表面。具体地,多点协作配置单元280可以根据用户设备的位置确定为该用户设备提供服务的智能表面。例如,多点协作配置单元280可以将电子设备200服务范围内距离用户设备最近的智能表面确定为服务该用户设备的智能表面。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 can also pre-set The user device (or each collaborating user) determines the smart surface that provides services to the user device (or the collaborating user). Specifically, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine a smart surface that provides services to the user equipment according to the location of the user equipment. For example, the multi-point cooperation configuration unit 280 may determine the smart surface closest to the user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200 as the smart surface serving the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,多点协作配置单元280可以针对每个用户设备(或每个协作用户),确定电子设备200-为该用户设备服务的智能表面-该用户设备的反射链路中智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the multi-point collaboration configuration unit 280 may determine, for each user equipment (or each collaborative user), the electronic device 200 - the smart surface serving the user equipment - the intelligence in the reflective link of the user equipment. The beam direction of the surface and the beam direction of the user equipment.
如上所述,电子设备200可以确定需要执行本公开的实施例的用户设备。可选地,针对每个用户设备(或每个协作用户),电子设备可以预先确定协作基站设备。此外,针对每个用户设备(或每个协作用户),电子设备200还可以预先为其确定智能表面以及反射链路中的智能表面的波束方向和用户设备的波束方向。这个过程例如可以发生在用户设备接入电子设备200之后。也就是说,图8和图9中描述的过程可以预先执行。这样一来,在例如切换的场景中需要确定智能表面的波束方向的情况下、在干扰的场景中需要为用户1确定智能表面并确定反射链路波束方向的情况下、以及在联合传输的场景中需要为用户设备确定智能表面并确定反射链路波束方向的情况下,可以直接使用上述预先确定的信息,从而节约时间和信令开销。As described above, the electronic device 200 may determine the user equipment required to perform embodiments of the present disclosure. Optionally, for each user equipment (or each cooperating user), the electronic device may predetermine the cooperating base station device. In addition, for each user equipment (or each collaborative user), the electronic device 200 can also predetermine the beam direction of the smart surface and the smart surface in the reflection link and the beam direction of the user equipment. This process may occur, for example, after the user equipment accesses the electronic device 200 . That is, the processes described in FIGS. 8 and 9 can be performed in advance. In this way, for example, in a handover scenario it is necessary to determine the beam direction of a smart surface, in an interference scenario it is necessary to determine a smart surface for user 1 and determine the reflection link beam direction, and in a joint transmission scenario When it is necessary to determine the smart surface for the user equipment and determine the direction of the reflected link beam, the above predetermined information can be directly used, thereby saving time and signaling overhead.
<2.5修改实施例><2.5 Modified Example>
虽然如上所述描述了切换的场景、干扰的场景和联合传输的场景下的电子设备200,但是在这些场景下的操作也可以独立地、分别地进行。Although the electronic device 200 is described above in a handover scenario, an interference scenario, and a joint transmission scenario, operations in these scenarios may also be performed independently and separately.
图19是示出根据本公开的另一个实施例的电子设备的配置的示例的框图。图19描述的电子设备1900是用于执行干扰的场景下的操作的电子设备。19 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. The electronic device 1900 depicted in FIG. 19 is an electronic device for performing operations in an interference scenario.
如图19所示,电子设备1900可以包括通信单元220、配置单元230和干扰确定单元260。As shown in FIG. 19 , the electronic device 1900 may include a communication unit 220 , a configuration unit 230 , and an interference determination unit 260 .
根据本公开的实施例,干扰确定单元260可以确定电子设备1900与电子设备1900服务的用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰。 According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the interference determination unit 260 may determine that transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment served by the electronic device 1900 is interfered by transmission between the adjacent base station device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station device.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以响应于干扰,配置智能表面,以使得电子设备1900经由通信单元220通过智能表面辅助与用户设备进行数据传输。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface in response to the interference, so that the electronic device 1900 assists in data transmission with the user device via the communication unit 220 through the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,干扰确定单元260可以根据用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、用户设备的位置、其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置来确定电子设备1900与用户设备之间的下行传输受到相邻基站设备与其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the interference determination unit 260 may determine the relationship between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment according to the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment. The downlink transmission between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备1900可以通过通信单元220从相邻基站设备接收其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 1900 may receive the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备1900可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送智能表面的标识或者用户设备的下行接收波束的方向,以使得用户设备通过智能表面接收下行信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 1900 may send the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment to the user equipment through the communication unit 220, so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以配置智能表面以执行反射链路波束扫描过程。如图19所示,电子设备1900还可以包括反射方向确定单元240,用于根据用户设备上报的波束信息来确定智能表面的反射方向,该波束信息可以反映用户设备测量的质量最好的波束的方向。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process. As shown in Figure 19, the electronic device 1900 may also include a reflection direction determining unit 240, configured to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment. The beam information may reflect the best quality beam measured by the user equipment. direction.
这里,电子设备1900是用于执行干扰的场景下的操作的电子设备,因此在前文2.2部分中描述的实施例全部可以应用于此。此外,图19中的通信单元220、配置单元230、反射方向确定单元240和干扰确定单元260可以与图2中的通信单元220、配置单元230、反射方向确定单元240和干扰确定单元260执行相同的功能。Here, the electronic device 1900 is an electronic device used to perform operations in an interference scenario, so all the embodiments described in the previous section 2.2 can be applied here. In addition, the communication unit 220, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240 and the interference determination unit 260 in FIG. 19 may perform the same as the communication unit 220, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240 and the interference determination unit 260 in FIG. 2 function.
图20是示出根据本公开的又一个实施例的电子设备的配置的示例的框图。图20描述的电子设备2000是用于执行联合传输的场景下的操作的电子设备。20 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of an electronic device according to yet another embodiment of the present disclosure. The electronic device 2000 depicted in FIG. 20 is an electronic device for performing operations in the scenario of joint transmission.
如图20所示,电子设备2000可以包括通信单元220、配置单元230和策略确定单元270。As shown in FIG. 20 , the electronic device 2000 may include a communication unit 220 , a configuration unit 230 , and a policy determination unit 270 .
根据本公开的实施例,策略确定单元270可以确定联合传输的传输策略。传输策略可以包括:通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路以及智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户 设备之间的数据;通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据;通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与用户设备之间的反射链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determining unit 270 may determine a transmission policy for joint transmission. The transmission strategy may include: transmitting the electronic device 2000 to the user through a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device and a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device. Data between devices; electronic devices are transmitted through direct links between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, reflective links between the smart surface and the user equipment, and direct links between adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment Data between 2000 and user equipment; through the direct link between electronic equipment 2000 and user equipment, the reflective link between electronic equipment 2000 and user equipment, the direct link between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment, and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以配置智能表面,以使得经由通信单元220、分别通过智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface so that communication is performed via the communication unit 220 , respectively through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device. Transfer data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置智能表面来进行传输,其中,负载信息反映相邻基站设备的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from the adjacent base station device, where the load information reflects that the service of the adjacent base station device is subject to excessive interference and/or Business overload situation.
根据本公开的实施例,策略确定单元270可以根据电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否配置智能表面。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the policy determination unit 270 may determine whether to configure a smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备2000可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送以下至少之一:智能表面的标识、用户设备的反射链路波束方向。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 2000 may send at least one of the following to the user equipment through the communication unit 220: an identification of the smart surface, a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
根据本公开的实施例,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or between the smart surface and the user equipment Reflective links, as well as direct links between electronic device 2000 and user equipment, are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备2000还可以包括信息生成单元210,用于生成请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据。进一步,电子设备2000可以通过通信单元220向相邻基站设备发送请求信息。信息生成单元210还可以生成链路增加通知,以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备2000之间的数据是分别通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备2000与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的.进一步,电子设备2000可以通过通信单元220向用户设备发送链路增加通知。 According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the electronic device 2000 may further include an information generating unit 210 for generating request information to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the electronic device 2000 to the user through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user device. data between devices. Further, the electronic device 2000 can send the request information to the adjacent base station device through the communication unit 220. The information generation unit 210 may also generate a link addition notification to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment respectively. The direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface is transmitted. Further, the electronic device 2000 may send a link addition notification to the user device through the communication unit 220 .
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及2000电子设备与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are respectively used. Transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are used for transmission Multiple streams of the same data.
根据本公开的实施例,请求信息还可以用于请求相邻基站设备分别通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据,并且链路增加通知还可以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备2000之间的数据是分别通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the request information may also be used to request the adjacent base station device to transmit through the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface. The data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device, and the link addition notification can also notify the user device that the data between the user device and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link or adjacent link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device respectively. It is transmitted through the direct link between the base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the adjacent The reflective links between the base station equipment and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic equipment Reflective links between 2000 and the smart surface, and reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface, are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
根据本公开的实施例,配置单元230可以配置智能表面以执行反射链路波束扫描过程。如图20所示,电子设备2000还可以包括反射方向确定单元240,用于根据用户设备上报的波束信息来确定智能表面的反射方向,该波束信息可以反映用户设备测量的质量最好的波束的方向。According to embodiments of the present disclosure, the configuration unit 230 may configure the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process. As shown in Figure 20, the electronic device 2000 may also include a reflection direction determining unit 240, configured to determine the reflection direction of the smart surface according to the beam information reported by the user equipment. The beam information may reflect the best quality beam measured by the user equipment. direction.
这里,电子设备2000是用于执行联合传输的场景下的操作的电子设备,因此在前文2.3部分中描述的实施例全部可以应用于此。此外,图20中的通信单元220、配置单元230、反射方向确定单元240、信息生成单元210和策略确定单元270可以与图2中的通信单元220、配置单元230、反射方向确定单元240、信息生成单元210和策略确定单元270执行相同的功能。Here, the electronic device 2000 is an electronic device used to perform operations in the scenario of joint transmission, so the embodiments described in the previous section 2.3 can all be applied here. In addition, the communication unit 220, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240, the information generation unit 210 and the policy determination unit 270 in FIG. The generation unit 210 and the policy determination unit 270 perform the same function.
<3.方法实施例><3. Method Example>
接下来将详细描述根据本公开实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设 备200执行的无线通信方法。Next, an electronic device in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described in detail. The wireless communication method implemented by the device 200.
图21是示出根据本公开的实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设备200执行的无线通信方法的流程图。FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 200 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图21所示,在步骤S2110中,生成切换请求,切换请求包括为电子设备200服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息.As shown in Figure 21, in step S2110, a switching request is generated, and the switching request includes information about a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device 200.
接下来,在步骤S2120中,将切换请求发送至用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在用户设备切换至目标基站设备之后,智能表面继续为用户设备提供服务。Next, in step S2120, a handover request is sent to the target base station device of the user equipment, so that the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment after the user equipment is handed over to the target base station device.
优选地,智能表面的信息包括智能表面的标识。Preferably, the information of the smart surface includes an identification of the smart surface.
优选地,智能表面的信息还包括与所述智能表面的反射方向相关的信息。Preferably, the information about the smart surface also includes information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:向用户设备发送下行波束扫描过程的测量控制信息;配置智能表面,以执行反射链路波束扫描过程;以及根据来自用户设备的波束信息确定智能表面的反射方向。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: sending measurement control information of the downlink beam scanning process to the user equipment; configuring the smart surface to perform the reflection link beam scanning process; and determining the reflection direction of the smart surface based on the beam information from the user equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:基于用户设备的位置以及运动信息预测用户设备与智能表面之间的反射链路波束方向;以及根据预测的用户设备的反射链路波束方向确定测量控制信息。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: predicting a reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the location and motion information of the user equipment; and determining measurement control information based on the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:确定电子设备与用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及配置智能表面,以使得电子设备200通过智能表面辅助与用户设备进行数据传输。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: determining that transmission between the electronic device and the user equipment is interfered by transmission between the adjacent base station device and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station device; and configuring the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 assists in data transmission with user devices through smart surfaces.
优选地,确定电子设备200与用户设备之间的传输受到干扰包括:根据用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、用户设备的位置、其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置来确定电子设备200与用户设备之间的下行传输受到相邻基站设备与其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。Preferably, determining that the transmission between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment is interfered includes: determining based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of other user equipment, and the location of other user equipment. Downlink transmission between the electronic device 200 and user equipment is interfered by downlink transmission between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:从相邻基站设备接收其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: receiving the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:向用户设备发送智能表面的标识或者用户设备的下行接收波束的方向,以使得用户设备通过智能表面接收 下行信息。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: sending the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives the information through the smart surface. Downstream information.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:配置智能表面,以使得分别通过智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: configuring the smart surface so that the electronic device 200 and the user device are transmitted through a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device, respectively. data between.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置智能表面来进行传输,其中,相邻基站的负载信息反映相邻基站的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: configuring the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, wherein the load information of the adjacent base station reflects excessive interference to the business of the adjacent base station and/ Or the business volume is overloaded.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:根据电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否配置智能表面。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: determining whether to configure the smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 200 and the user device.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:向用户设备发送以下至少之一:智能表面的标识、用户设备的反射链路波束方向。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: sending at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface and a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
优选地,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, And a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device is used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输电子设备200与用户设备之间的数据;以及生成并向用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备200之间的数据是分别通过电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit data between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and generating and sending a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 200 is respectively through the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and transmitted via direct links between user devices and reflective links between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface.
优选地,电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data. flow; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data flow.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备分别通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输电子设备200 与用户设备之间的数据;以及生成并向用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备200之间的数据是分别通过电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface respectively. reflective link between transmit electronic devices 200 data between the user device and the user device; and generating and sending a link addition notification to the user device to notify the user device that the data between the user device and the electronic device 200 is through a direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user device respectively. , the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface.
优选地,电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备200与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface, and the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface. The reflective links between surfaces are used to transmit different data streams respectively; or the direct link between the electronic device 200 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic device 200 and the smart surface Reflective links between adjacent base station devices and smart surfaces are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
优选地,用户设备为电子设备200服务范围内的协作用户,协作用户位于电子设备200服务范围的边缘。Preferably, the user equipment is a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device 200, and the cooperating user is located at the edge of the service range of the electronic device 200.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:根据协作用户与多个相邻基站设备之间的信道质量来确定为协作用户提供服务的协作基站设备。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: determining a cooperating base station device that provides services to the cooperating user according to channel quality between the cooperating user and multiple adjacent base station devices.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:根据协作用户的位置确定为协作用户提供服务的智能表面。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: determining a smart surface that provides services to the cooperating user according to the location of the cooperating user.
根据本公开的实施例,执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的实施例的电子设备200,因此前文中关于电子设备200的全部实施例均适用于此。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 200 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the previous embodiments about the electronic device 200 are applicable here.
接下来将详细描述根据本公开的实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设备1900执行的无线通信方法。Next, a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 1900 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described in detail.
图22是示出根据本公开的实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设备1900执行的无线通信方法的流程图。FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 1900 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图22所示,在步骤S2210中,确定电子设备1900与用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰。As shown in Figure 22, in step S2210, it is determined that the transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is interfered by the transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment.
接下来,在步骤S2220中,响应于干扰,配置智能表面,以使得电子设备1900通过智能表面辅助与用户设备进行数据传输。Next, in step S2220, in response to the interference, the smart surface is configured so that the electronic device 1900 assists in data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
优选地,确定电子设备1900与用户设备之间的传输受到干扰包括: 根据用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、用户设备的位置、其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置来确定电子设备1900与用户设备之间的下行传输受到相邻基站设备与其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。Preferably, determining that transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is interfered includes: The downlink transmission between the electronic device 1900 and the user equipment is determined based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of other user equipment, and the locations of other user equipment. Interference in downlink transmissions between user equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:从相邻基站设备接收其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和其他用户设备的位置。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: receiving the direction of the downlink reception beam of other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment from the adjacent base station equipment.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:向用户设备发送智能表面的标识或者用户设备的下行接收波束的方向,以使得用户设备通过智能表面接收下行信息。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: sending the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives downlink information through the smart surface.
根据本公开的实施例,执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的实施例的电子设备1900,因此前文中关于电子设备1900的全部实施例均适用于此。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 1900 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the previous embodiments about the electronic device 1900 are applicable here.
接下来将详细描述根据本公开的实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设备2000执行的无线通信方法。Next, a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 2000 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described in detail.
图23是示出根据本公开的实施例的由无线通信系统中的电子设备2000执行的无线通信方法的流程图。FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating a wireless communication method performed by the electronic device 2000 in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
如图23所示,在步骤S2310中,确定联合传输的策略。策略包括但不限于:通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路以及智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据;通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据;通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与用户设备之间的反射链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据。As shown in Figure 23, in step S2310, a joint transmission strategy is determined. Strategies include, but are not limited to: transmitting data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device through direct links between the electronic device 2000 and the user device and reflective links between the smart surface and the user device; Direct links between devices, reflective links between smart surfaces and user equipment, and direct links between adjacent base station equipment and user equipment are used to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment; through the electronic equipment The direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflection between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment. link to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
接下来,在步骤S2320中,配置智能表面,以使得分别通过智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据。Next, in step S2320, the smart surface is configured so that the transmission between the electronic device 2000 and the user device is respectively through the reflective link between the smart surface and the user device and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device. data between.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置智能表面来进行传输,其中,相邻基站的负载信息反映相 邻基站的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, configuring the smart surface for transmission, wherein the load information of the adjacent base station reflects the corresponding The adjacent base station's services are subject to excessive interference and/or the traffic is overloaded.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:根据电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否配置智能表面。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: determining whether to configure the smart surface according to data transmission requirements between the electronic device 2000 and the user device.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:向用户设备发送以下至少之一:智能表面的标识、用户设备的反射链路波束方向。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: sending at least one of the following to the user equipment: an identification of the smart surface and a reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
优选地,智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者智能表面与用户设备之间的反射链路、以及电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment, And a direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user device is used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据;以及生成并向用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备2000之间的数据是分别通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the data between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and generating and sending a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device 2000 is through the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the adjacent base station equipment and transmitted via direct links between user devices and reflective links between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface.
优选地,电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及电子设备200与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data. flow; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the reflective link between the electronic device 200 and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data flow.
优选地,无线通信方法还包括:生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求相邻基站设备分别通过相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输电子设备2000与用户设备之间的数据;以及生成并向用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向用户设备通知用户设备与电子设备2000之间的数据是分别通过电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Preferably, the wireless communication method further includes: generating and sending request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface respectively. to transmit data between the electronic device 2000 and the user device; and generate and send a link addition notification to the user device to notify the user device that the data between the user device and the electronic device 2000 is transmitted through the electronic device 2000 respectively. The direct link between the device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface. Transmitted via a reflective link.
优选地,电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、 以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者电子设备2000与用户设备之间的直达链路、相邻基站设备与用户设备之间的直达链路、电子设备2000与智能表面之间的反射链路、以及相邻基站设备与智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Preferably, the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, And the reflective links between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or the direct link between the electronic device 2000 and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment , the reflective link between the electronic device 2000 and the smart surface, and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
根据本公开的实施例,执行上述方法的主体可以是根据本公开的实施例的电子设备2000,因此前文中关于电子设备2000的全部实施例均适用于此。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the subject that performs the above method may be an electronic device 2000 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, so all the foregoing embodiments about the electronic device 2000 are applicable here.
<4.应用示例><4.Application example>
本公开内容的技术能够应用于各种产品。The technology of the present disclosure can be applied to a variety of products.
例如,基站设备可以被实现为宏eNB和小eNB,还可以被实现为任何类型的gNB(5G系统中的基站)。小eNB可以为覆盖比宏小区小的小区的eNB,诸如微微eNB、微eNB和家庭(毫微微)eNB。代替地,基站可以被实现为任何其他类型的基站,诸如NodeB和基站收发台(BTS)。基站可以包括:被配置为控制无线通信的主体(也称为基站设备);以及设置在与主体不同的地方的一个或多个远程无线头端(RRH)。For example, the base station equipment can be implemented as a macro eNB and a small eNB, and can also be implemented as any type of gNB (base station in the 5G system). A small eNB may be an eNB covering a smaller cell than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, and a home (femto) eNB. Alternatively, the base station may be implemented as any other type of base station, such as NodeB and Base Transceiver Station (BTS). The base station may include: a main body (also referred to as a base station device) configured to control wireless communications; and one or more remote wireless heads (RRHs) disposed at a different place from the main body.
用户设备可以被实现为移动终端(诸如智能电话、平板个人计算机(PC)、笔记本式PC、便携式游戏终端、便携式/加密狗型移动路由器和数字摄像装置)或者车载终端(诸如汽车导航设备)。用户设备还可以被实现为执行机器对机器(M2M)通信的终端(也称为机器类型通信(MTC)终端)。此外,用户设备可以为安装在上述用户设备中的每个用户设备上的无线通信模块(诸如包括单个晶片的集成电路模块)。The user equipment may be implemented as a mobile terminal such as a smartphone, a tablet personal computer (PC), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a portable/dongle-type mobile router, and a digital camera, or a vehicle-mounted terminal such as a car navigation device. The user equipment may also be implemented as a terminal performing machine-to-machine (M2M) communication (also known as a machine type communication (MTC) terminal). Furthermore, the user equipment may be a wireless communication module (such as an integrated circuit module including a single die) installed on each of the above-mentioned user equipments.
<关于基站的应用示例><Application examples of base stations>
(第一应用示例)(First application example)
图24是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的gNB的示意性配置的第一示例的框图。gNB 2400包括一个或多个天线2410以及基站设备2420。基站设备2420和每个天线2410可以经由RF线缆彼此连接。24 is a block diagram illustrating a first example of a schematic configuration of a gNB to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied. gNB 2400 includes one or more antennas 2410 and base station equipment 2420. The base station device 2420 and each antenna 2410 may be connected to each other via an RF cable.
天线2410中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在多输入多输出(MIMO)天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于基站设备2420发送和接收无线信号。如图24所示,gNB 2400可以包括多个天线2410。例如,多个天线2410可以与gNB 2400使用的多个频带兼容。虽然图24 示出其中gNB 2400包括多个天线2410的示例,但是gNB 2400也可以包括单个天线2410。Antennas 2410 each include a single or multiple antenna elements, such as multiple antenna elements included in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna, and are used by base station device 2420 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in Figure 24, gNB 2400 may include multiple antennas 2410. For example, multiple antennas 2410 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2400. Although Figure 24 An example is shown where the gNB 2400 includes multiple antennas 2410, but the gNB 2400 may also include a single antenna 2410.
基站设备2420包括控制器2421、存储器2422、网络接口2423以及无线通信接口2425。The base station device 2420 includes a controller 2421, a memory 2422, a network interface 2423, and a wireless communication interface 2425.
控制器2421可以为例如CPU或DSP,并且操作基站设备2420的较高层的各种功能。例如,控制器2421根据由无线通信接口2425处理的信号中的数据来生成数据分组,并经由网络接口2423来传递所生成的分组。控制器2421可以对来自多个基带处理器的数据进行捆绑以生成捆绑分组,并传递所生成的捆绑分组。控制器2421可以具有执行如下控制的逻辑功能:该控制诸如为无线资源控制、无线承载控制、移动性管理、接纳控制和调度。该控制可以结合附近的gNB或核心网节点来执行。存储器2422包括RAM和ROM,并且存储由控制器2421执行的程序和各种类型的控制数据(诸如终端列表、传输功率数据以及调度数据)。The controller 2421 may be, for example, a CPU or a DSP, and operates various functions of higher layers of the base station device 2420 . For example, the controller 2421 generates data packets based on the data in the signal processed by the wireless communication interface 2425 and delivers the generated packets via the network interface 2423. The controller 2421 may bundle data from multiple baseband processors to generate bundled packets, and deliver the generated bundled packets. The controller 2421 may have logical functions to perform controls such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, admission control, and scheduling. This control can be performed in conjunction with nearby gNB or core network nodes. The memory 2422 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 2421 and various types of control data such as terminal lists, transmission power data, and scheduling data.
网络接口2423为用于将基站设备2420连接至核心网2424的通信接口。控制器2421可以经由网络接口2423而与核心网节点或另外的gNB进行通信。在此情况下,gNB 2400与核心网节点或其他gNB可以通过逻辑接口(诸如S1接口和X2接口)而彼此连接。网络接口2423还可以为有线通信接口或用于无线回程线路的无线通信接口。如果网络接口2423为无线通信接口,则与由无线通信接口2425使用的频带相比,网络接口2423可以使用较高频带用于无线通信。The network interface 2423 is a communication interface used to connect the base station device 2420 to the core network 2424. Controller 2421 may communicate with core network nodes or additional gNBs via network interface 2423. In this case, the gNB 2400 and the core network node or other gNBs may be connected to each other through logical interfaces such as the S1 interface and the X2 interface. The network interface 2423 may also be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for a wireless backhaul line. If network interface 2423 is a wireless communication interface, network interface 2423 may use a higher frequency band for wireless communication than the frequency band used by wireless communication interface 2425.
无线通信接口2425支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如长期演进(LTE)和LTE-先进),并且经由天线2410来提供到位于gNB 2400的小区中的终端的无线连接。无线通信接口2425通常可以包括例如基带(BB)处理器2426和RF电路2427。BB处理器2426可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行层(例如L1、介质访问控制(MAC)、无线链路控制(RLC)和分组数据汇聚协议(PDCP))的各种类型的信号处理。代替控制器2421,BB处理器2426可以具有上述逻辑功能的一部分或全部。BB处理器2426可以为存储通信控制程序的存储器,或者为包括被配置为执行程序的处理器和相关电路的模块。更新程序可以使BB处理器2426的功能改变。该模块可以为插入到基站设备2420的槽中的卡或刀片。可替代地,该模块也可以为安装在卡或刀片上的芯片。同时,RF电路2427可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天 线2410来传送和接收无线信号。The wireless communication interface 2425 supports any cellular communication scheme such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced and provides wireless connectivity to terminals located in the cell of the gNB 2400 via the antenna 2410 . Wireless communication interface 2425 may generally include, for example, a baseband (BB) processor 2426 and RF circuitry 2427. The BB processor 2426 may perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform layers such as L1, Medium Access Control (MAC), Radio Link Control (RLC), and Packet Data Convergence Protocol ( Various types of signal processing for PDCP)). Instead of the controller 2421, the BB processor 2426 may have part or all of the above logical functions. The BB processor 2426 may be a memory that stores a communication control program, or a module including a processor and related circuitry configured to execute the program. The update program can change the functionality of the BB processor 2426. The module may be a card or blade that plugs into a slot in the base station device 2420. Alternatively, the module may be a chip mounted on a card or blade. Meanwhile, the RF circuit 2427 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and may be Line 2410 to transmit and receive wireless signals.
如图24所示,无线通信接口2425可以包括多个BB处理器2426。例如,多个BB处理器2426可以与gNB 2400使用的多个频带兼容。如图24所示,无线通信接口2425可以包括多个RF电路2427。例如,多个RF电路2427可以与多个天线元件兼容。虽然图24示出其中无线通信接口2425包括多个BB处理器2426和多个RF电路2427的示例,但是无线通信接口2425也可以包括单个BB处理器2426或单个RF电路2427。As shown in FIG. 24, the wireless communication interface 2425 may include multiple BB processors 2426. For example, multiple BB processors 2426 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2400. As shown in Figure 24, wireless communication interface 2425 may include a plurality of RF circuits 2427. For example, multiple RF circuits 2427 may be compatible with multiple antenna elements. Although FIG. 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2425 includes multiple BB processors 2426 and multiple RF circuits 2427, the wireless communication interface 2425 may also include a single BB processor 2426 or a single RF circuit 2427.
(第二应用示例)(Second application example)
图25是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的gNB的示意性配置的第二示例的框图。gNB 2530包括一个或多个天线2540、基站设备2550和RRH 2560。RRH 2560和每个天线2540可以经由RF线缆而彼此连接。基站设备2550和RRH 2560可以经由诸如光纤线缆的高速线路而彼此连接。25 is a block diagram illustrating a second example of a schematic configuration of a gNB to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied. gNB 2530 includes one or more antennas 2540, base station equipment 2550 and RRH 2560. RRH 2560 and each antenna 2540 may be connected to each other via RF cables. The base station equipment 2550 and the RRH 2560 may be connected to each other via high-speed lines such as fiber optic cables.
天线2540中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件)并且用于RRH 2560发送和接收无线信号。如图25所示,gNB 2530可以包括多个天线2540。例如,多个天线2540可以与gNB2530使用的多个频带兼容。虽然图25示出其中gNB 2530包括多个天线2540的示例,但是gNB 2530也可以包括单个天线2540。Antennas 2540 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by RRH 2560 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in Figure 25, gNB 2530 may include multiple antennas 2540. For example, multiple antennas 2540 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2530. Although FIG. 25 shows an example in which gNB 2530 includes multiple antennas 2540, gNB 2530 may also include a single antenna 2540.
基站设备2550包括控制器2551、存储器2552、网络接口2553、无线通信接口2555以及连接接口2557。控制器2551、存储器2552和网络接口2553与参照图24描述的控制器2421、存储器2422和网络接口2423相同。网络接口2553为用于将基站设备2550连接至核心网2554的通信接口。The base station device 2550 includes a controller 2551, a memory 2552, a network interface 2553, a wireless communication interface 2555, and a connection interface 2557. The controller 2551, the memory 2552, and the network interface 2553 are the same as the controller 2421, the memory 2422, and the network interface 2423 described with reference to FIG. 24. The network interface 2553 is a communication interface used to connect the base station device 2550 to the core network 2554.
无线通信接口2555支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进),并且经由RRH 2560和天线2540来提供到位于与RRH 2560对应的扇区中的终端的无线通信。无线通信接口2555通常可以包括例如BB处理器2556。除了BB处理器2556经由连接接口2557连接到RRH 2560的RF电路2564之外,BB处理器2556与参照图24描述的BB处理器2426相同。如图25所示,无线通信接口2555可以包括多个BB处理器2556。例如,多个BB处理器2556可以与gNB 2530使用的多个频带兼容。虽 然图25示出其中无线通信接口2555包括多个BB处理器2556的示例,但是无线通信接口2555也可以包括单个BB处理器2556。The wireless communication interface 2555 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and provides wireless communication to terminals located in the sector corresponding to the RRH 2560 via the RRH 2560 and the antenna 2540. The wireless communication interface 2555 may generally include a BB processor 2556, for example. The BB processor 2556 is the same as the BB processor 2426 described with reference to FIG. 24 except that the BB processor 2556 is connected to the RF circuit 2564 of the RRH 2560 via the connection interface 2557. As shown in Figure 25, the wireless communication interface 2555 may include multiple BB processors 2556. For example, multiple BB processors 2556 may be compatible with multiple frequency bands used by gNB 2530. although Although FIG. 25 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2555 includes multiple BB processors 2556, the wireless communication interface 2555 may also include a single BB processor 2556.
连接接口2557为用于将基站设备2550(无线通信接口2555)连接至RRH 2560的接口。连接接口2557还可以为用于将基站设备2550(无线通信接口2555)连接至RRH 2560的上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。The connection interface 2557 is an interface for connecting the base station device 2550 (wireless communication interface 2555) to the RRH 2560. The connection interface 2557 may also be a communication module used to connect the base station device 2550 (wireless communication interface 2555) to the communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line of the RRH 2560.
RRH 2560包括连接接口2561和无线通信接口2563。RRH 2560 includes a connection interface 2561 and a wireless communication interface 2563.
连接接口2561为用于将RRH 2560(无线通信接口2563)连接至基站设备2550的接口。连接接口2561还可以为用于上述高速线路中的通信的通信模块。The connection interface 2561 is an interface for connecting the RRH 2560 (wireless communication interface 2563) to the base station device 2550. The connection interface 2561 may also be a communication module used for communication in the above-mentioned high-speed line.
无线通信接口2563经由天线2540来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口2563通常可以包括例如RF电路2564。RF电路2564可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线2540来传送和接收无线信号。如图25所示,无线通信接口2563可以包括多个RF电路2564。例如,多个RF电路2564可以支持多个天线元件。虽然图25示出其中无线通信接口2563包括多个RF电路2564的示例,但是无线通信接口2563也可以包括单个RF电路2564。Wireless communication interface 2563 transmits and receives wireless signals via antenna 2540. Wireless communication interface 2563 may generally include RF circuitry 2564, for example. RF circuitry 2564 may include, for example, mixers, filters, and amplifiers, and transmit and receive wireless signals via antenna 2540. As shown in Figure 25, wireless communication interface 2563 may include a plurality of RF circuits 2564. For example, multiple RF circuits 2564 may support multiple antenna elements. Although FIG. 25 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2563 includes a plurality of RF circuits 2564, the wireless communication interface 2563 may also include a single RF circuit 2564.
在图24和图25所示的gNB 2400和gNB 2530中,通过使用图2所描述的信息生成单元210、配置单元230、反射方向确定单元240、预测单元250、干扰确定单元260、策略确定单元270和多点协作配置单元280可以由控制器2421和/或控制器2551实现。功能的至少一部分也可以由控制器2421和控制器2551实现。例如,控制器2421和/或控制器2551可以通过执行相应的存储器中存储的指令而执行生成各种信息、配置智能表面、确定反射链路的波束方向、预测反射链路的波束方向、确定干扰、确定联合传输的策略以及确定与多点协作有关的配置信息的功能。In the gNB 2400 and gNB 2530 shown in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 , by using the information generation unit 210, the configuration unit 230, the reflection direction determination unit 240, the prediction unit 250, the interference determination unit 260, and the strategy determination unit described in FIG. 2 270 and the multi-point cooperative configuration unit 280 may be implemented by the controller 2421 and/or the controller 2551. At least part of the functions may also be implemented by the controller 2421 and the controller 2551. For example, the controller 2421 and/or the controller 2551 can perform generating various information, configuring the smart surface, determining the beam direction of the reflective link, predicting the beam direction of the reflective link, and determining interference by executing instructions stored in the corresponding memory. , determine the strategy of joint transmission and determine the function of configuration information related to multipoint cooperation.
<关于终端设备的应用示例><Application examples of terminal equipment>
(第一应用示例)(First application example)
图26是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的智能电话2600的示意性配置的示例的框图。智能电话2600包括处理器2601、存储器2602、存储装置2603、外部连接接口2604、摄像装置2606、传感器2607、麦克 风2608、输入装置2609、显示装置2610、扬声器2611、无线通信接口2612、一个或多个天线开关2615、一个或多个天线2616、总线2617、电池2618以及辅助控制器2619。26 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone 2600 to which the technology of the present disclosure may be applied. The smart phone 2600 includes a processor 2601, a memory 2602, a storage device 2603, an external connection interface 2604, a camera 2606, a sensor 2607, and a microphone. Wind 2608, input device 2609, display device 2610, speaker 2611, wireless communication interface 2612, one or more antenna switches 2615, one or more antennas 2616, bus 2617, battery 2618, and auxiliary controller 2619.
处理器2601可以为例如CPU或片上系统(SoC),并且控制智能电话2600的应用层和另外层的功能。存储器2602包括RAM和ROM,并且存储数据和由处理器2601执行的程序。存储装置2603可以包括存储介质,诸如半导体存储器和硬盘。外部连接接口2604为用于将外部装置(诸如存储卡和通用串行总线(USB)装置)连接至智能电话2600的接口。The processor 2601 may be, for example, a CPU or a system on a chip (SoC), and controls functions of the application layer and other layers of the smartphone 2600 . The memory 2602 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2601. The storage device 2603 may include storage media such as semiconductor memory and hard disk. The external connection interface 2604 is an interface for connecting external devices, such as memory cards and Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices, to the smartphone 2600 .
摄像装置2606包括图像传感器(诸如电荷耦合器件(CCD)和互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)),并且生成捕获图像。传感器2607可以包括一组传感器,诸如测量传感器、陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和加速度传感器。麦克风2608将输入到智能电话2600的声音转换为音频信号。输入装置2609包括例如被配置为检测显示装置2610的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、小键盘、键盘、按钮或开关,并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置2610包括屏幕(诸如液晶显示器(LCD)和有机发光二极管(OLED)显示器),并且显示智能电话2600的输出图像。扬声器2611将从智能电话2600输出的音频信号转换为声音。The camera 2606 includes an image sensor such as a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) and generates a captured image. Sensors 2607 may include a group of sensors such as measurement sensors, gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and acceleration sensors. The microphone 2608 converts the sound input to the smartphone 2600 into an audio signal. The input device 2609 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2610, and receives an operation or information input from a user. The display device 2610 includes a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) and an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 2600 . The speaker 2611 converts the audio signal output from the smartphone 2600 into sound.
无线通信接口2612支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进),并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口2612通常可以包括例如BB处理器2613和RF电路2614。BB处理器2613可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时,RF电路2614可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线2616来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口2612可以为其上集成有BB处理器2613和RF电路2614的一个芯片模块。如图26所示,无线通信接口2612可以包括多个BB处理器2613和多个RF电路2614。虽然图26示出其中无线通信接口2612包括多个BB处理器2613和多个RF电路2614的示例,但是无线通信接口2612也可以包括单个BB处理器2613或单个RF电路2614。The wireless communication interface 2612 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. Wireless communication interface 2612 may generally include, for example, BB processor 2613 and RF circuitry 2614. The BB processor 2613 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communication. Meanwhile, RF circuitry 2614 may include, for example, mixers, filters, and amplifiers, and transmit and receive wireless signals via antenna 2616. The wireless communication interface 2612 may be a chip module on which the BB processor 2613 and the RF circuit 2614 are integrated. As shown in Figure 26, the wireless communication interface 2612 may include multiple BB processors 2613 and multiple RF circuits 2614. Although FIG. 26 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2612 includes multiple BB processors 2613 and multiple RF circuits 2614, the wireless communication interface 2612 may also include a single BB processor 2613 or a single RF circuit 2614.
此外,除了蜂窝通信方案之外,无线通信接口2612可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案,诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线局域网(LAN)方案。在此情况下,无线通信接口2612可以包括针对每种 无线通信方案的BB处理器2613和RF电路2614。Furthermore, in addition to the cellular communication scheme, the wireless communication interface 2612 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless local area network (LAN) schemes. In this case, wireless communication interface 2612 may include BB processor 2613 and RF circuit 2614 of the wireless communication solution.
天线开关2615中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口2612中的多个电路(例如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线2616的连接目的地。Each of the antenna switches 2615 switches the connection destination of the antenna 2616 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2612 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication schemes).
天线2616中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于无线通信接口2612传送和接收无线信号。如图26所示,智能电话2600可以包括多个天线2616。虽然图26示出其中智能电话2600包括多个天线2616的示例,但是智能电话2600也可以包括单个天线2616。Antennas 2616 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by wireless communication interface 2612 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in Figure 26, smartphone 2600 may include multiple antennas 2616. Although FIG. 26 shows an example in which smartphone 2600 includes multiple antennas 2616, smartphone 2600 may also include a single antenna 2616.
此外,智能电话2600可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线2616。在此情况下,天线开关2615可以从智能电话2600的配置中省略。Additionally, smartphone 2600 may include an antenna 2616 for each wireless communication scheme. In this case, the antenna switch 2615 may be omitted from the configuration of the smartphone 2600.
总线2617将处理器2601、存储器2602、存储装置2603、外部连接接口2604、摄像装置2606、传感器2607、麦克风2608、输入装置2609、显示装置2610、扬声器2611、无线通信接口2612以及辅助控制器2619彼此连接。电池2618经由馈线向图26所示的智能电话2600的各个块提供电力,馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。辅助控制器2619例如在睡眠模式下操作智能电话2600的最小必需功能。The bus 2617 connects the processor 2601, the memory 2602, the storage device 2603, the external connection interface 2604, the camera 2606, the sensor 2607, the microphone 2608, the input device 2609, the display device 2610, the speaker 2611, the wireless communication interface 2612, and the auxiliary controller 2619 to each other. connect. The battery 2618 provides power to the various blocks of the smartphone 2600 shown in Figure 26 via feeders, which are partially shown in the figure as dashed lines. The auxiliary controller 2619 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 2600 in the sleep mode, for example.
(第二应用示例)(Second application example)
图27是示出可以应用本公开内容的技术的汽车导航设备2720的示意性配置的示例的框图。汽车导航设备2720包括处理器2721、存储器2722、全球定位系统(GPS)模块2724、传感器2725、数据接口2726、内容播放器2727、存储介质接口2728、输入装置2729、显示装置2730、扬声器2731、无线通信接口2733、一个或多个天线开关2736、一个或多个天线2737以及电池2738。27 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device 2720 to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied. The car navigation device 2720 includes a processor 2721, a memory 2722, a global positioning system (GPS) module 2724, a sensor 2725, a data interface 2726, a content player 2727, a storage media interface 2728, an input device 2729, a display device 2730, a speaker 2731, a wireless Communication interface 2733, one or more antenna switches 2736, one or more antennas 2737, and battery 2738.
处理器2721可以为例如CPU或SoC,并且控制汽车导航设备2720的导航功能和另外的功能。存储器2122包括RAM和ROM,并且存储数据和由处理器2721执行的程序。The processor 2721 may be, for example, a CPU or an SoC, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 2720 . The memory 2122 includes RAM and ROM, and stores data and programs executed by the processor 2721.
GPS模块2724使用从GPS卫星接收的GPS信号来测量汽车导航设备2720的位置(诸如纬度、经度和高度)。传感器2725可以包括一组传感器,诸如陀螺仪传感器、地磁传感器和空气压力传感器。数据接口2726 经由未示出的终端而连接到例如车载网络2741,并且获取由车辆生成的数据(诸如车速数据)。The GPS module 2724 measures the location (such as latitude, longitude, and altitude) of the car navigation device 2720 using GPS signals received from GPS satellites. Sensors 2725 may include a set of sensors such as gyroscope sensors, geomagnetic sensors, and air pressure sensors. Data interface 2726 It is connected to, for example, the in-vehicle network 2741 via a terminal not shown, and data generated by the vehicle (such as vehicle speed data) is acquired.
内容播放器2727再现存储在存储介质(诸如CD和DVD)中的内容,该存储介质被插入到存储介质接口2728中。输入装置2729包括例如被配置为检测显示装置2730的屏幕上的触摸的触摸传感器、按钮或开关,并且接收从用户输入的操作或信息。显示装置2730包括诸如LCD或OLED显示器的屏幕,并且显示导航功能的图像或再现的内容。扬声器2731输出导航功能的声音或再现的内容。The content player 2727 reproduces content stored in storage media, such as CDs and DVDs, which are inserted into the storage media interface 2728 . The input device 2729 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch configured to detect a touch on the screen of the display device 2730, and receives an operation or information input from a user. The display device 2730 includes a screen such as an LCD or an OLED display, and displays an image of a navigation function or reproduced content. The speaker 2731 outputs the sound of the navigation function or the reproduced content.
无线通信接口2733支持任何蜂窝通信方案(诸如LTE和LTE-先进),并且执行无线通信。无线通信接口2733通常可以包括例如BB处理器2734和RF电路2735。BB处理器2734可以执行例如编码/解码、调制/解调以及复用/解复用,并且执行用于无线通信的各种类型的信号处理。同时,RF电路2735可以包括例如混频器、滤波器和放大器,并且经由天线2737来传送和接收无线信号。无线通信接口2733还可以为其上集成有BB处理器2734和RF电路2735的一个芯片模块。如图27所示,无线通信接口2733可以包括多个BB处理器2734和多个RF电路2735。虽然图27示出其中无线通信接口2733包括多个BB处理器2734和多个RF电路2735的示例,但是无线通信接口2733也可以包括单个BB处理器2734或单个RF电路2735。The wireless communication interface 2733 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. Wireless communication interface 2733 may generally include, for example, BB processor 2734 and RF circuitry 2735. The BB processor 2734 can perform, for example, encoding/decoding, modulation/demodulation, and multiplexing/demultiplexing, and perform various types of signal processing for wireless communications. Meanwhile, the RF circuit 2735 may include, for example, a mixer, filter, and amplifier, and transmit and receive wireless signals via the antenna 2737. The wireless communication interface 2733 can also be a chip module on which the BB processor 2734 and the RF circuit 2735 are integrated. As shown in Figure 27, the wireless communication interface 2733 may include a plurality of BB processors 2734 and a plurality of RF circuits 2735. Although FIG. 27 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 2733 includes multiple BB processors 2734 and multiple RF circuits 2735, the wireless communication interface 2733 may also include a single BB processor 2734 or a single RF circuit 2735.
此外,除了蜂窝通信方案之外,无线通信接口2733可以支持另外类型的无线通信方案,诸如短距离无线通信方案、近场通信方案和无线LAN方案。在此情况下,针对每种无线通信方案,无线通信接口2733可以包括BB处理器2734和RF电路2735。Furthermore, in addition to the cellular communication scheme, the wireless communication interface 2733 may support other types of wireless communication schemes, such as short-range wireless communication schemes, near field communication schemes, and wireless LAN schemes. In this case, the wireless communication interface 2733 may include a BB processor 2734 and an RF circuit 2735 for each wireless communication scheme.
天线开关2736中的每一个在包括在无线通信接口2733中的多个电路(诸如用于不同的无线通信方案的电路)之间切换天线2737的连接目的地。Each of the antenna switches 2736 switches the connection destination of the antenna 2737 between a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 2733, such as circuits for different wireless communication schemes.
天线2737中的每一个均包括单个或多个天线元件(诸如包括在MIMO天线中的多个天线元件),并且用于无线通信接口2733传送和接收无线信号。如图27所示,汽车导航设备2720可以包括多个天线2737。虽然图27示出其中汽车导航设备2720包括多个天线2737的示例,但是汽车导航设备2720也可以包括单个天线2737。 Antennas 2737 each include a single or multiple antenna elements (such as multiple antenna elements included in a MIMO antenna) and are used by wireless communication interface 2733 to transmit and receive wireless signals. As shown in FIG. 27, car navigation device 2720 may include multiple antennas 2737. Although FIG. 27 shows an example in which the car navigation device 2720 includes a plurality of antennas 2737, the car navigation device 2720 may also include a single antenna 2737.
此外,汽车导航设备2720可以包括针对每种无线通信方案的天线2737。在此情况下,天线开关2736可以从汽车导航设备2720的配置中省略。Additionally, the car navigation device 2720 may include an antenna 2737 for each wireless communication scheme. In this case, the antenna switch 2736 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 2720.
电池2738经由馈线向图27所示的汽车导航设备2720的各个块提供电力,馈线在图中被部分地示为虚线。电池2738累积从车辆提供的电力。The battery 2738 provides power to the various blocks of the car navigation device 2720 shown in FIG. 27 via feeders, which are partially shown as dashed lines in the figure. Battery 2738 accumulates power provided from the vehicle.
本公开内容的技术也可以被实现为包括汽车导航设备2720、车载网络2741以及车辆模块2742中的一个或多个块的车载系统(或车辆)2740。车辆模块2742生成车辆数据(诸如车速、发动机速度和故障信息),并且将所生成的数据输出至车载网络2741。The technology of the present disclosure may also be implemented as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 2740 including a car navigation device 2720, an in-vehicle network 2741, and one or more blocks of a vehicle module 2742. The vehicle module 2742 generates vehicle data such as vehicle speed, engine speed, and fault information, and outputs the generated data to the in-vehicle network 2741 .
以上参照附图描述了本公开的优选实施例,但是本公开当然不限于以上示例。本领域技术人员可在所附权利要求的范围内得到各种变更和修改,并且应理解这些变更和修改自然将落入本公开的技术范围内。The preferred embodiments of the present disclosure have been described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the present disclosure is of course not limited to the above examples. Various changes and modifications can be made by those skilled in the art within the scope of the appended claims, and it should be understood that these changes and modifications will naturally fall within the technical scope of the present disclosure.
例如,附图所示的功能框图中以虚线框示出的单元均表示该功能单元在相应装置中是可选的,并且各个可选的功能单元可以以适当的方式进行组合以实现所需功能。For example, the units shown in dotted boxes in the functional block diagrams shown in the accompanying drawings all indicate that the functional units are optional in the corresponding devices, and each optional functional unit can be combined in an appropriate manner to achieve the required functions. .
例如,在以上实施例中包括在一个单元中的多个功能可以由分开的装置来实现。替选地,在以上实施例中由多个单元实现的多个功能可分别由分开的装置来实现。另外,以上功能之一可由多个单元来实现。无需说,这样的配置包括在本公开的技术范围内。For example, a plurality of functions included in one unit in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices. Alternatively, multiple functions implemented by multiple units in the above embodiments may be implemented by separate devices respectively. Additionally, one of the above functions may be implemented by multiple units. Needless to say, such a configuration is included in the technical scope of the present disclosure.
在该说明书中,流程图中所描述的步骤不仅包括以所述顺序按时间序列执行的处理,而且包括并行地或单独地而不是必须按时间序列执行的处理。此外,甚至在按时间序列处理的步骤中,无需说,也可以适当地改变该顺序。In this specification, the steps described in the flowchart include not only processing performed in time series in the stated order but also processing performed in parallel or individually and not necessarily in time series. Furthermore, even in steps processed in time series, it goes without saying that the order can be appropriately changed.
以上虽然结合附图详细描述了本公开的实施例,但是应当明白,上面所描述的实施方式只是用于说明本公开,而并不构成对本公开的限制。对于本领域的技术人员来说,可以对上述实施方式作出各种修改和变更而没有背离本公开的实质和范围。因此,本公开的范围仅由所附的权利要求及其等效含义来限定。 Although the embodiments of the present disclosure have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings, it should be understood that the above-described embodiments are only used to illustrate the present disclosure and do not constitute a limitation of the present disclosure. For those skilled in the art, various modifications and changes can be made to the above-described embodiments without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure. Accordingly, the scope of the present disclosure is limited only by the appended claims and their equivalents.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种用于基站侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,被配置为:An electronic device for the base station side, including a processing circuit, configured to:
    生成切换请求,所述切换请求包括为所述电子设备服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息;以及Generate a handover request, the handover request including information about a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device; and
    将所述切换请求发送至所述用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在所述用户设备切换至所述目标基站设备之后,所述智能表面继续为所述用户设备提供服务。The handover request is sent to a target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中,所述智能表面的信息包括所述智能表面的标识。The electronic device according to claim 1, wherein the information of the smart surface includes an identification of the smart surface.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的电子设备,其中,所述智能表面的信息还包括与所述智能表面的反射方向相关的信息。The electronic device of claim 2, wherein the information of the smart surface further includes information related to a reflection direction of the smart surface.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 3, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    向所述用户设备发送反射链路波束扫描过程的测量控制信息;Send measurement control information of the reflection link beam scanning process to the user equipment;
    配置所述智能表面,以执行反射链路波束扫描过程;以及Configuring the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process; and
    根据来自所述用户设备的波束信息确定所述智能表面的反射方向。The reflection direction of the smart surface is determined based on the beam information from the user equipment.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 4, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    基于所述用户设备的位置以及运动信息预测所述用户设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路波束方向;以及Predicting the reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the user equipment's location and motion information; and
    根据预测的所述用户设备的反射链路波束方向确定所述测量控制信息。The measurement control information is determined according to the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    确定所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及determining that transmissions between the electronic device and the user equipment are interfered by transmissions between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and
    配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述 用户设备进行数据传输。Configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists communication with the User equipment performs data transmission.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 6, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据所述用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、所述用户设备的位置、所述其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和所述其他用户设备的位置来确定所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的下行传输受到所述相邻基站设备与所述其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。The relationship between the electronic device and the user equipment is determined based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment. The downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and the other user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and the other user equipment.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 7, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    从所述相邻基站设备接收所述其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和所述其他用户设备的位置。The direction of the downlink reception beam of the other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment are received from the adjacent base station equipment.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 6, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    向所述用户设备发送所述智能表面的标识或者所述用户设备的下行接收波束的方向,以使得所述用户设备通过所述智能表面接收所述下行信息。Send the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives the downlink information through the smart surface.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    配置智能表面,以使得分别通过所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路来传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据。Configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device and the user are transmitted via a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device and the user device, respectively. data between devices.
  11. 根据权利要求6或10所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device according to claim 6 or 10, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置所述智能表面来进行传输,其中,所述负载信息反映所述相邻基站设备的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。Configuring the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, wherein the load information reflects excessive interference and/or traffic overload to services of the adjacent base station equipment. .
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 10, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否 配置所述智能表面。Determine whether or not based on the data transmission requirements between the electronic device and the user device Configure the smart surface.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 10, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    向所述用户设备发送以下至少之一:所述智能表面的标识、所述用户设备的反射链路波束方向。Send at least one of the following to the user equipment: the identification of the smart surface and the reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其中,所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The electronic device according to claim 10, wherein the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data flow; or
    所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。The reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 10, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求所述相邻基站设备通过所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据;以及Generate and send request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the communication between the electronic device and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and
    生成并向所述用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向所述用户设备通知所述用户设备与所述电子设备之间的数据是分别通过所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Generate and send a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device passes through the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment respectively. It is transmitted via a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and a reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的电子设备,其中,所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The electronic device according to claim 15, wherein a direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the electronic Reflective links between the device and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or
    所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Direct links between the electronic device and the user equipment, direct links between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and reflective links between the electronic device and the smart surface Used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  17. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 10, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求所述相邻基站设备分别通过所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述相 邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据;以及Generate and send request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the related a reflective link between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface to transmit data between the electronic device and the user equipment; and
    生成并向所述用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向所述用户设备通知所述用户设备与所述电子设备之间的数据是分别通过所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Generate and send a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device passes through the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment respectively. The direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface, and the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface Transmitted via a reflective link.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的电子设备,其中,所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The electronic device according to claim 17, wherein a direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic device The reflective links between the smart surface and the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or
    所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。The direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface, and reflective links between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface for transmitting the same multiple data streams.
  19. 根据权利要求1-10和12-18中任一项所述的电子设备,其中,所述用户设备为所述电子设备服务范围内的协作用户,所述协作用户位于所述电子设备服务范围的边缘。The electronic device according to any one of claims 1-10 and 12-18, wherein the user equipment is a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device, and the cooperating user is located in the service range of the electronic device. edge.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 19, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据所述协作用户与多个相邻基站设备之间的信道质量来确定为所述协作用户提供服务的协作基站设备。A cooperating base station device that provides services to the cooperating user is determined according to the channel quality between the cooperating user and multiple adjacent base station devices.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的电子设备,其中,所述处理电路还被配置为:The electronic device of claim 19, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to:
    根据所述协作用户的位置确定为所述协作用户提供服务的智能表面。A smart surface that provides services to the collaborating user is determined based on the location of the collaborating user.
  22. 一种用于基站侧的电子设备,包括处理电路,被配置为:An electronic device for the base station side, including a processing circuit, configured to:
    确定所述电子设备与所述电子设备服务的用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及 Determining that transmissions between the electronic device and user equipment served by the electronic device are interfered by transmissions between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and
    响应于所述干扰,配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述用户设备进行数据传输。In response to the interference, a smart surface is configured such that the electronic device facilitates data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
  23. 一种由用于基站侧的电子设备执行的无线通信方法,包括:A wireless communication method performed by electronic equipment for a base station side, including:
    生成切换请求,所述切换请求包括为所述电子设备服务范围内的用户设备提供服务的智能表面的信息;以及Generate a handover request, the handover request including information about a smart surface that provides services to user equipment within the service range of the electronic device; and
    将所述切换请求发送至所述用户设备的目标基站设备,以用于在所述用户设备切换至所述目标基站设备之后,所述智能表面继续为所述用户设备提供服务。The handover request is sent to a target base station device of the user equipment, so that after the user equipment is switched to the target base station device, the smart surface continues to provide services for the user equipment.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述智能表面的信息包括所述智能表面的标识。The wireless communication method according to claim 23, wherein the information of the smart surface includes an identification of the smart surface.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述智能表面的信息还包括与所述智能表面的反射方向相关的信息。The wireless communication method according to claim 24, wherein the information of the smart surface further includes information related to the reflection direction of the smart surface.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 25, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    向所述用户设备发送反射链路波束扫描过程的测量控制信息;Send measurement control information of the reflection link beam scanning process to the user equipment;
    配置所述智能表面,以执行反射链路波束扫描过程;以及Configuring the smart surface to perform a reflective link beam scanning process; and
    根据来自所述用户设备的波束信息确定所述智能表面的反射方向。The reflection direction of the smart surface is determined based on the beam information from the user equipment.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 26, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    基于所述用户设备的位置以及运动信息预测所述用户设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路波束方向;以及Predicting the reflected link beam direction between the user equipment and the smart surface based on the user equipment's location and motion information; and
    根据预测的所述用户设备的反射链路波束方向确定所述测量控制信息。The measurement control information is determined according to the predicted reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  28. 根据权利要求23所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 23, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    确定所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及determining that transmissions between the electronic device and the user equipment are interfered by transmissions between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and
    配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述 用户设备进行数据传输。Configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device assists communication with the User equipment performs data transmission.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的无线通信方法,其中,确定所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的传输受到干扰包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 28, wherein determining that transmission between the electronic device and the user equipment is interfered includes:
    根据所述用户设备的下行接收波束的方向、所述用户设备的位置、所述其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和所述其他用户设备的位置来确定所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的下行传输受到所述相邻基站设备与所述其他用户设备之间的下行传输的干扰。The relationship between the electronic device and the user equipment is determined based on the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the user equipment, the location of the user equipment, the direction of the downlink receiving beam of the other user equipment, and the location of the other user equipment. The downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and the other user equipment is interfered by the downlink transmission between the adjacent base station equipment and the other user equipment.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 29, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    从所述相邻基站设备接收所述其他用户设备的下行接收波束的方向和所述其他用户设备的位置。The direction of the downlink reception beam of the other user equipment and the location of the other user equipment are received from the adjacent base station equipment.
  31. 根据权利要求28所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 28, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    向所述用户设备发送所述智能表面的标识或者所述用户设备的下行接收波束的方向,以使得所述用户设备通过所述智能表面接收所述下行信息。Send the identification of the smart surface or the direction of the downlink reception beam of the user equipment to the user equipment, so that the user equipment receives the downlink information through the smart surface.
  32. 根据权利要求23所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 23, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    配置智能表面,以使得分别通过所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路来传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据。Configuring a smart surface such that the electronic device and the user are transmitted via a reflective link between the smart surface and the user device, and a direct link between the electronic device and the user device, respectively. data between devices.
  33. 根据权利要求28或32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 28 or 32, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    响应于从相邻基站设备接收到的负载信息,配置所述智能表面来进行传输,其中,所述负载信息反映所述相邻基站设备的业务受到的干扰过大以及/或者业务量过载的情况。Configuring the smart surface for transmission in response to load information received from adjacent base station equipment, wherein the load information reflects excessive interference and/or traffic overload to services of the adjacent base station equipment. .
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 32, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    根据所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据传输要求来确定是否 配置所述智能表面。Determine whether or not based on the data transmission requirements between the electronic device and the user device Configure the smart surface.
  35. 根据权利要求32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 32, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    向所述用户设备发送以下至少之一:所述智能表面的标识、所述用户设备的反射链路波束方向。Send at least one of the following to the user equipment: the identification of the smart surface and the reflected link beam direction of the user equipment.
  36. 根据权利要求32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The wireless communication method according to claim 32, wherein the reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment are respectively used to transmit different data flow; or
    所述智能表面与所述用户设备之间的反射链路、以及所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。The reflective link between the smart surface and the user equipment and the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment are used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  37. 根据权利要求32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 32, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求所述相邻基站设备通过所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据;以及Generate and send request information to an adjacent base station device to request the adjacent base station device to transmit the communication between the electronic device and the user equipment through a direct link between the adjacent base station device and the user equipment. data; and
    生成并向所述用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向所述用户设备通知所述用户设备与所述电子设备之间的数据是分别通过所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Generate and send a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device passes through the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment respectively. It is transmitted via a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and a reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The wireless communication method according to claim 37, wherein a direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the Reflective links between the electronic device and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or
    所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。Direct links between the electronic device and the user equipment, direct links between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and reflective links between the electronic device and the smart surface Used to transmit the same multiple data streams.
  39. 根据权利要求32所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 32, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    生成并向相邻基站设备发送请求信息,以请求所述相邻基站设备分别通过所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、以及所述相 邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的数据;以及Generate and send request information to adjacent base station equipment to request the adjacent base station equipment to pass the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, and the related a reflective link between adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface to transmit data between the electronic device and the user equipment; and
    生成并向所述用户设备发送链路增加通知,以向所述用户设备通知所述用户设备与所述电子设备之间的数据是分别通过所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路来传输的。Generate and send a link addition notification to the user equipment to notify the user equipment that the data between the user equipment and the electronic device passes through the direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment respectively. The direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface, and the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface Transmitted via a reflective link.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路分别用于传输不同的数据流;或者The wireless communication method according to claim 39, wherein a direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, a direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the electronic The reflective link between the device and the smart surface and the reflective link between the adjacent base station device and the smart surface are respectively used to transmit different data streams; or
    所述电子设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述相邻基站设备与所述用户设备之间的直达链路、所述电子设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路、以及所述相邻基站设备与所述智能表面之间的反射链路用于传输相同的多个数据流。The direct link between the electronic device and the user equipment, the direct link between the adjacent base station equipment and the user equipment, the reflective link between the electronic device and the smart surface, and reflective links between the adjacent base station equipment and the smart surface for transmitting the same multiple data streams.
  41. 根据权利要求23-32和34-40中任一项所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述用户设备为所述电子设备服务范围内的协作用户,所述协作用户位于所述电子设备服务范围的边缘。The wireless communication method according to any one of claims 23-32 and 34-40, wherein the user equipment is a cooperating user within the service range of the electronic device, and the cooperating user is located in the service range of the electronic device. the edge of.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 41, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    根据所述协作用户与多个相邻基站设备之间的信道质量来确定为所述协作用户提供服务的协作基站设备。A cooperating base station device that provides services to the cooperating user is determined according to the channel quality between the cooperating user and multiple adjacent base station devices.
  43. 根据权利要求41所述的无线通信方法,其中,所述无线通信方法还包括:The wireless communication method according to claim 41, wherein the wireless communication method further includes:
    根据所述协作用户的位置确定为所述协作用户提供服务的智能表面。A smart surface that provides services to the collaborating user is determined based on the location of the collaborating user.
  44. 一种由用于基站侧的电子设备执行的无线通信方法,包括:A wireless communication method performed by electronic equipment for a base station side, including:
    确定所述电子设备与所述电子设备服务的用户设备之间的传输受到相邻基站设备与所述相邻基站设备服务的其他用户设备之间的传输的干扰;以及 Determining that transmissions between the electronic device and user equipment served by the electronic device are interfered by transmissions between adjacent base station equipment and other user equipment served by the adjacent base station equipment; and
    响应于所述干扰,配置智能表面,以使得所述电子设备通过所述智能表面辅助与所述用户设备进行数据传输。In response to the interference, a smart surface is configured such that the electronic device facilitates data transmission with the user device through the smart surface.
  45. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括可执行计算机指令,所述可执行计算机指令当被计算机执行时使得所述计算机执行根据权利要求23-44中任一项所述的无线通信方法。 A computer-readable storage medium comprising executable computer instructions that, when executed by a computer, cause the computer to perform the wireless communication method according to any one of claims 23-44.
PCT/CN2023/115187 2022-09-02 2023-08-28 Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium WO2024046255A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211070478.2A CN117692919A (en) 2022-09-02 2022-09-02 Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer-readable storage medium
CN202211070478.2 2022-09-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024046255A1 true WO2024046255A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Family

ID=90100346

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/115187 WO2024046255A1 (en) 2022-09-02 2023-08-28 Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117692919A (en)
WO (1) WO2024046255A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021172631A1 (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Method by which ue performs initial access to base station in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2021251511A1 (en) * 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting/receiving uplink signal of high frequency band in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2022093380A1 (en) * 2020-10-28 2022-05-05 Google Llc Adaptive phase-changing device sharing and handover
WO2022133957A1 (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-06-30 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for reflective intelligent surfaces in mimo systems
WO2022151128A1 (en) * 2021-01-14 2022-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Communicating reconfigurable intelligent surface (ris) information to support ris-division multiple access

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021172631A1 (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Method by which ue performs initial access to base station in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2021251511A1 (en) * 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for transmitting/receiving uplink signal of high frequency band in wireless communication system, and device therefor
WO2022093380A1 (en) * 2020-10-28 2022-05-05 Google Llc Adaptive phase-changing device sharing and handover
WO2022133957A1 (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-06-30 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for reflective intelligent surfaces in mimo systems
WO2022151128A1 (en) * 2021-01-14 2022-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Communicating reconfigurable intelligent surface (ris) information to support ris-division multiple access

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117692919A (en) 2024-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7147790B2 (en) ELECTRONIC DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD
JP2023078319A (en) Terminal device, wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and computer program
US10944449B2 (en) Apparatus and method in wireless communication system, and computer readable storage medium
WO2019042223A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communications
US9722678B2 (en) Coordinated multi-point transmission method and equipment
US11736958B2 (en) Communication control device, and communication control method for determining a frequency range to be used by a base station
TW201811095A (en) Terminal device, base station, method, and recording medium
WO2022161441A1 (en) Electronic device in wireless communication system and method
WO2021047444A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method and computer-readable storage medium
US20220338023A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium
WO2024046255A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium
JP6992743B2 (en) Communication control device, terminal device, method and program
WO2022017303A1 (en) Electronic device for wireless communication system, and method and storage medium
CN111295848A (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
WO2020144973A1 (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
WO2023134526A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer-readable storage medium
US10028256B2 (en) Apparatus
WO2023236846A1 (en) Electronic device, communication method, and storage medium
WO2022213894A1 (en) Electronic device for wireless communication, wireless communication method, and storage medium
WO2024099263A1 (en) Device and method for use in non-terrestrial network
US20240235768A1 (en) Sounding reference signal resource allocation and opportunistic beamforming preparation for a user device
WO2023217105A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communication, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021179982A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communication and computer-readable storage medium
EP4135471A1 (en) Electronic device, wireless communication method, and computer readable storage medium
CN116326099A (en) Electronic device and method in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23859287

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1